WO2017075809A1 - Reference signal transmission method, user equipment, base station, and system - Google Patents

Reference signal transmission method, user equipment, base station, and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017075809A1
WO2017075809A1 PCT/CN2015/094007 CN2015094007W WO2017075809A1 WO 2017075809 A1 WO2017075809 A1 WO 2017075809A1 CN 2015094007 W CN2015094007 W CN 2015094007W WO 2017075809 A1 WO2017075809 A1 WO 2017075809A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
crs
resource block
base station
antenna port
domain length
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/094007
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴作敏
马莎
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2015/094007 priority Critical patent/WO2017075809A1/en
Priority to CN201580082795.8A priority patent/CN107925534A/en
Publication of WO2017075809A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017075809A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of LTE communications, and in particular, to a method for transmitting a reference signal, a user equipment, a base station, and a system.
  • KPI key performance indicator
  • the event triggering in the motion interaction game requires less than 25ms; the car-to-car communication in autonomous driving requires less than 30ms of delay; at the remote control
  • the Round-Trip Time (RTT) requires less than 50ms of delay; the demand for delay in smart grid power automation is less than 8ms; the requirement for delay in call setup in public security is less than 300ms, and end-to-end (E2E) media file transfer requires less than 150ms of latency.
  • the scheduling interval of the physical layer that has the most obvious impact on the delay in the air interface technology is 10 ms in the Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) to the high speed.
  • the High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA) is shortened to 2ms, and the Transmission Time Interval (TTI) of Long Term Evolution (LTE) or Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) is shortened. To 1ms.
  • the LTE physical layer needs to introduce a short transmission time interval Short-TTI frame structure to further shorten the scheduling interval.
  • the TTI can be shortened from 1 ms to 1 time domain symbol to 0.5 ms.
  • the time domain symbol mentioned above may be an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in an LTE system.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • the duration (1 ms) of one subframe includes 14 time domain symbols. If the base station transmits data to the user equipment in the time domain symbol 3 of the downlink, the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) will be in the time domain symbol of the uplink. 7 feedback, the base station will receive feedback on the time domain symbol 11, at this time from the base station The length of data to receive feedback is 8 time domain symbols, which is about 0.57ms. Compared with 1ms TTI transmission, the delay is greatly shortened.
  • the short TTI transmission can only use the CRS appearing before the scheduled symbol to perform channel estimation.
  • the channel information on the time domain symbol can only be obtained by extrapolation of the CRS, thereby failing to meet the demodulation requirements in high speed and high order modulation scenarios.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, a user equipment, a base station, and a system, which can enable some time domain symbols with poor performance when using the first CRS for channel estimation, thereby improving channel estimation accuracy by using the supplementary CRS, thereby It can improve the demodulation performance of short TTI transmission in high speed or high order modulation scenarios.
  • the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, which may include: first, a base station configures a first CRS for a resource block, where an antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is For transmitting information transmitted between the base station and the UE, the information includes a data part and a reference signal part; wherein the antenna port of the first CRS refers to an antenna port that transmits the first CRS, for example, if the antenna port of the first CRS is transmitted For port 0 and port 1, for the base station, the first CRS is sent through port 0 and port 1, and for the UE, the first CRS is received through port 0 and port 1.
  • the base station reconfigures the supplemental CRS for the resource block, and supplements the antenna port of the CRS with the same or different antenna port of the antenna port of the first CRS; for the resource block, the layout of the CRS in the prior art (ie, the first CRS Layout)
  • the data portion of the resource block can be demodulated, since the short TTI mode is adopted, especially when the length of the short TTI is only one or two symbols, in order to reduce the influence of delay, for some of the resource blocks
  • Data on a resource unit, such as symbol 3 and symbol 10 can only obtain channel information on the symbol by extrapolation of the CRS, and since the distance from the symbol containing the CRS closest to symbol 3 may be three symbols or more,
  • the demodulation performance in high-speed, high-order modulation scenarios has an impact. Therefore, the CRS can be supplemented by the layout in the resource block so that the UE can demodulate such a symbol demodulated by the extrapolation of the CRS by supplementing the CRS.
  • the base station transmits resource blocks.
  • the reference signal part of the information carried by the resource block includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS, and after receiving the resource block, the data part of the information carried on the resource block can be first carried by the resource block.
  • CRS and supplemental CRS demodulation to improve demodulation performance.
  • the supplementary CRS may include a second CRS, that is, in the case that the first CRS is insufficient, the same can be added in the resource block as the first CRS.
  • the second CRS base station of the antenna port supplements the CRS for the resource block configuration, including:
  • the base station configures a second CRS for the antenna port of the at least one first CRS within the resource block.
  • the antenna port of the first CRS has port 0 and port 1.
  • the second CRS can be configured only on port 0, regardless of port 1, or only on port 1 regardless of port 0. Or configure it on both ports.
  • the supplementary CRS further includes a third CRS, the supplementary CRS antenna port is a third CRS antenna port, and the third CRS antenna The port is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
  • the UE has more antenna ports than the antenna ports of the first CRS, and the supplementary CRS may include a third CRS, which may be a UE.
  • the proprietary reference signal may be a cell-specific reference signal, or may be a certain group in the cell, for example, a reference signal that can be identified by all UEs supporting short TTI, and transmitting a third through an antenna port different from the first CRS. CRS to satisfy the demodulation of such UEs.
  • the base station supplementing the CRS for the resource block configuration further includes:
  • the base station determines a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block
  • the base station determines a third CRS antenna port of the resource block
  • the base station configures a third CRS for the at least one third CRS antenna port according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length within the resource block.
  • Such a third CRS needs to take into account the time domain length and/or frequency domain of the resource block when configured in the resource block.
  • the length that is, the length of the time domain of the resource block needs to be several time domain symbols, and the number of PRBs in the frequency domain is long.
  • Each PRB includes 12 subcarriers, and then the antenna port corresponding to the third CRS is configured.
  • the supplementary CRS includes a third CRS
  • the supplementary CRS antenna port is a third CRS antenna port
  • the third CRS antenna port and the antenna port of the first CRS are Different antenna ports
  • the base station configures the supplemental CRS transmitted by the supplemental CRS antenna port for the resource block including:
  • the base station determines a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block
  • the base station determines a CRS antenna port of the resource block, where the CRS antenna port includes an antenna port of the first CRS and a third CRS antenna port;
  • the base station configures a third CRS for the at least one third CRS antenna port within the resource block. For the reason why the specific third CRS needs to be configured and the configuration requirements, refer to the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the base station determines the time domain length of the resource block and/or In the frequency domain length, the manner in which the base station determines the time domain length has at least the following two types;
  • the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14; the length of the resource block is divided according to the number of time domain symbols.
  • the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 10; the length of the resource block is divided according to an integer multiple of the subframe length.
  • the manner in which the base station determines the frequency domain length of the resource block has at least the following manner:
  • the base station determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRB or RBG or RE or REG, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth. That is, the frequency domain length may be an integer multiple of the PRB, an integer multiple of the RBG, an integer multiple of the RE or an integer multiple of the REG, and the specific division may be defined in advance.
  • the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, where M is not less than 1 and not When the integer is greater than 3, the base station configures the third CRS for the at least one third CRS antenna port in the resource block, including:
  • the base station configures one RE for each third CRS antenna port of the at least one third CRS antenna port in each PRB in the resource block;
  • the base station configures the third CRS for the at least one third CRS antenna port in the resource block, including:
  • the base station configures 2 REs for each third CRS antenna port of the at least one third CRS antenna port in each PRB in the resource block;
  • the base station configures the third CRS for the at least one third CRS antenna port in the resource block, including:
  • the base station configures 4 REs for each of the antenna ports of the third CRS in each of the PRBs in each of the PRBs in the resource block.
  • each third CRS of the antenna ports of at least one third CRS in each PRB is different according to the length of the time domain.
  • the antenna port is configured with a different number of REs.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station sends the number of antenna ports and/or power control parameters of the third CRS by using signaling, which is radio resource control RRC signaling or media access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling.
  • signaling which is radio resource control RRC signaling or media access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling.
  • the number of antenna ports of the third CRS and the power control parameters of the third CRS may be sent by the same type of signaling or different types of signaling. If the same type of signaling is used, the independent can be used.
  • the signaling indicates the number of antenna ports of the third CRS and the power control parameter of the third CRS, and may also include the number of antenna ports of the third CRS and the power control parameters of the third CRS in the same signaling.
  • the signaling can be implemented in a variety of different manners, such as radio resource control RRC signaling or media access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling.
  • the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention further provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, which may include: determining, by a base station, a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where The information includes a data portion and a reference signal portion;
  • the base station configures, for the resource block, the first DM-RS transmitted through the first DM-RS antenna port, where the reference The test signal portion includes the first DM-RS;
  • the base station transmits the resource block, and the reference signal portion of the information carried on the resource block includes the first DM-RS.
  • the DMRS transmission can be performed in the case of short TTI transmission.
  • the determining, by the base station, the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block, the determining, by the base station, the time domain length of the resource block includes:
  • the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M orthogonal frequency division multiplexing time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
  • the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
  • the base station determines the frequency domain length of the resource block, including:
  • the base station determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRB or RBG or RE or REG, P is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth. That is, the frequency domain length may be an integer multiple of the PRB, an integer multiple of the RBG, an integer multiple of the RE or an integer multiple of the REG, and the specific division may be defined in advance.
  • the base station determines that the time domain length and frequency domain length of the resource block are similar to the third possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the base station configures Y REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS of the antenna ports of the first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block, where Y is the first The number of antenna ports that the DM-RS can support at most.
  • the first DM-RS of different antenna ports uses different reference signal sequences, and the first DM-RS of different antenna ports occupies the same time-frequency resource.
  • the base station configures a first CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna end Port, the reference signal portion includes the first CRS;
  • the base station transmits the resource block, where the reference signal portion of the resource block includes the first DM-RS, including:
  • the base station transmits a resource block, and the reference signal portion of the resource block includes a first DM-RS and a first CRS.
  • the first DM-RS and the first CRS are coexisting, that is, for data within one resource block, the first DM-RS and the first CRS are required for demodulation.
  • the method further includes:
  • the base station configures a second CRS for the resource block according to the antenna port of the at least one first CRS
  • the base station transmits a resource block, where the reference signal portion of the resource block includes the first DM-RS and the first CRS includes:
  • the base station transmits a resource block, and the reference signal portion of the resource block includes a first DM-RS, a first CRS, and a second CRS.
  • the layout of the first CRS results in poor demodulation performance of data on the resource blocks that should be demodulated by the first CRS, and therefore requires additional supplementation of the second CRS transmitted by the antenna port of the first CRS, which
  • the number of ports of the second CRS may be the same as the number of ports of the first CRS, or may be less than the number of ports of the first CRS.
  • a third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention further provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, where the method may include: receiving, by a UE, a resource block transmitted by a base station, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part. And a reference signal portion, the reference signal portion includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS, the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the antenna port supplementing the CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
  • the UE demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  • the resource block carrying the first CRS and the supplementary CRS configured by the base station corresponding to the first aspect after receiving the resource block, the UE passes the data of the information on the resource block by using the first CRS and the supplementary CRS. Partially demodulated.
  • the supplementary CRS includes a second CRS and/or a third CRS
  • the antenna port of the second CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS
  • the third CRS The antenna port is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
  • the supplementary CRS has three different situations, that is, the supplementary CRS is the second CRS, the third CRS, or the second CRS and the third CRS.
  • the second CRS is similar to the first CRS.
  • the data portion of the corresponding information is demodulated, and the third CRS needs to combine the first CRS to demodulate the data portion of the corresponding information.
  • the method further includes
  • the UE determines a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the UE determines that the time domain length of the resource block includes:
  • the UE determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
  • the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
  • the UE determines the frequency domain length of the resource block to include:
  • the UE determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  • the determination of the time domain length of the resource block and the determination of the frequency domain length are similar to the fourth possible implementation of the first aspect, and the first possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the method further includes:
  • the UE determines an antenna port and/or power control parameter of the third CRS according to the signaling.
  • the UE learns the port information and/or the power control parameter of the antenna port of the third CRS by receiving the signaling of the base station, and can demodulate the data portion of the information in the resource block by using the port information and the power control parameter.
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, where the method may include:
  • the UE receives the resource block transmitted by the base station, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, the information includes a data part and a reference signal part, and the reference signal part includes the first DM-RS, and the antenna of the first DM-RS
  • the port is a UE dedicated demodulation antenna port;
  • the UE demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
  • the UE after receiving the resource block, the UE performs the data part of the information on the resource block by using the first DM-RS. demodulation.
  • the method further includes
  • the UE determines a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the UE determines that the time domain length of the resource block includes:
  • the UE determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
  • the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and the N is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 10.
  • the UE determines the frequency domain length of the resource block to include:
  • the UE determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  • the method further includes:
  • the reference signal part further includes a first CRS, and the resource block also carries the first CRS;
  • Demodulating, by the UE, the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS includes:
  • the UE demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS and the first CRS.
  • the resource block that carries the first DM-RS and the first CRS is configured, and the UE uses the first DM-RS and the first CRS to the resource block.
  • the data portion of the information is demodulated.
  • the method further includes:
  • the reference signal portion further includes a first CRS and a second CRS, where the resource block further carries the first CRS and the second CRS,
  • the UE demodulates the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, including:
  • the UE demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS.
  • the resource block carrying the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS is configured, and the UE passes the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the first The two CRS demodulates the data portion of the information on the resource block.
  • the fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention further provides a base station, which may include:
  • a first configuration module configured to configure a first CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
  • the first configuration module is further configured to configure a supplementary CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
  • the first transceiver module is configured to transmit a resource block, and the reference signal portion of the information carried by the resource block includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS.
  • the base station can implement the transmission method of the reference signal provided by the first aspect.
  • the supplementary CRS includes a second CRS, and the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS;
  • the first configuration module is specifically used to:
  • a second CRS is configured within the resource block for the antenna port of the at least one first CRS.
  • the first configuration module in this implementation is used to implement the method involved in the first possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the supplementary CRS further includes a third CRS, the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is an antenna port of the third CRS, and the third The antenna port of the CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
  • the first configuration module is specifically used to:
  • a third CRS is configured within the resource block for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length.
  • first configuration module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the supplementary CRS includes a third CRS
  • the antenna port of the supplemental CRS is an antenna port of the third CRS
  • the antenna port of the third CRS is coupled to the first CRS.
  • the antenna ports are not the same;
  • the first configuration module is specifically used to:
  • a third CRS is configured within the resource block for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length.
  • the first configuration module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the third possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the first configuration module is specifically configured to:
  • Determining the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
  • N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
  • the first configuration module is also specifically used to:
  • the frequency domain length of the resource block is determined to be P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  • the first configuration module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols
  • the first configuration module is specifically configured to:
  • one RE is configured for each antenna port of each third CRS in the antenna port of the at least one third CRS in each PRB in the resource block;
  • M is an integer of not less than 4 and not more than 7, two REs are configured for each of the antenna ports of the third CRS in each of the PRBs in the resource block;
  • an antenna RE of each third CRS of the antenna ports of the at least one third CRS is configured with 4 REs in each PRB within the resource block.
  • the first configuration module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the first transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the signaling is radio resource control RRC signaling or medium access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling.
  • the first transceiver module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a base station, which may include:
  • a second configuration module configured to determine a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
  • the second configuration module is further configured to configure a first DM-RS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE dedicated demodulation antenna port;
  • the second transceiver module is configured to transmit a resource block, where the reference signal portion of the information carried by the resource block includes the first DM-RS.
  • the base station can implement the transmission method of the reference signal provided by the second aspect.
  • the second configuration module Body for:
  • Determining the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
  • N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
  • the second configuration module is also specifically used to:
  • the frequency domain length of the resource block is determined to be P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  • the second configuration module can implement the method involved in the first possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the second configuration module is specifically configured to:
  • Y REs for each of the antenna ports of the at least one first DM-RS in each PRB within the resource block, where Y is the maximum supported by the first DM-RS
  • the number of antenna ports, the first DM-RS of different antenna ports uses different reference signal sequences, and the first DM-RSs of different antenna ports occupy the same time-frequency resource.
  • the second configuration module can implement the method involved in the second possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the second configuration module is further used to :
  • the second transceiver module is specifically configured to:
  • the resource block is transmitted, and the reference signal portion of the resource block includes the first DM-RS and the first CRS.
  • the second configuration module can implement the method involved in the third possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the second configuration module is further configured to:
  • the second transceiver module is specifically configured to:
  • the resource block is transmitted, and the reference signal portion of the resource block includes a first DM-RS, a first CRS, and a second CRS.
  • the second configuration module can implement the method involved in the fourth possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • a seventh aspect of the present invention provides a user equipment, which may include: a third transceiver module, configured to receive a resource block that is transmitted by a base station and carries a first CRS and a supplementary CRS, where the resource block is used to carry between the base station and the UE.
  • the transmitted information includes a data portion and a reference signal portion, the reference signal portion includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS, the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the antenna port supplementing the CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS or different;
  • the first demodulation module is configured to demodulate the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  • the user equipment can implement the transmission method of the reference signal of the third aspect.
  • the supplementary CRS includes a second CRS and/or a third CRS
  • the antenna port of the second CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS
  • the third CRS The antenna port is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
  • the user equipment further includes:
  • a first determining module configured to determine that a time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, where M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
  • the time domain length used to determine the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
  • the first determining module is also used to:
  • the frequency domain length of the resource block is determined to be P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  • the first determining module can implement the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect. The method involved.
  • the third transceiver module is further configured to:
  • the first determining module is also used to:
  • the antenna port and/or power control parameters of the third CRS are determined based on the signaling.
  • the third transceiver module and the first determining module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the third possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • An eighth aspect of the present invention provides a user equipment, which may include: a fourth transceiver module, configured to receive a resource block transmitted by a base station, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal portion, the reference signal portion includes a first DM-RS, and an antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE-dedicated demodulation antenna port;
  • a second demodulation module configured to demodulate the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
  • the user equipment can implement the method for transmitting the reference signal of the fourth aspect.
  • the user equipment further includes:
  • a second determining module configured to determine that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
  • the time domain length used to determine the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
  • the second determining module is also used to:
  • the frequency domain length of the resource block is determined to be P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  • the second determining module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the reference signal part further includes a first CRS, where the resource block further carries the first CRS;
  • the second demodulation module is specifically configured to:
  • the data portion of the information carried on the resource block is demodulated according to the first DM-RS and the first CRS.
  • the second demodulation module in this implementation can implement the method involved in the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the reference signal part further includes a first CRS and a second CRS
  • the resource block further carries the a CRS and a second CRS
  • the second demodulation module is specifically configured to:
  • the second demodulation module in this implementation can implement the method involved in the third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • a ninth aspect of the present invention provides a communication system, which may include:
  • a base station configured to configure a first CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
  • the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
  • the reference signal portion of the information of the resource block includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS;
  • a UE configured to receive a resource block transmitted by the base station
  • It is further configured to demodulate a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  • the base station in the system can adopt the base station involved in the fifth aspect
  • the UE in the system can adopt the user equipment involved in the seventh aspect.
  • a tenth aspect of the present invention provides a communication system, which may include:
  • a base station configured to determine a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
  • the antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE dedicated demodulation antenna port
  • the reference signal portion of the information of the resource block includes a first DM-RS
  • a UE configured to receive a resource block
  • It is further configured to demodulate a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
  • the base station in the system can adopt the base station involved in the sixth aspect
  • the UE in the system can adopt the user equipment involved in the eighth aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present invention have the following advantages: in the embodiment of the present invention, when the resource block is the first CRS and the supplementary CRS, the supplementary CRS includes three types, namely, the second CRS, the third CRS, and the The second CRS and the third CRS are supplemented with the second CRS because the mode of the short TTI makes the demodulation performance of the first CRS for some data poor, and the addition of the second CRS enables the data with poor demodulation performance by the first CRS to be The first CRS and the second CRS are jointly demodulated, and the third CRS is because the UE supporting the 4 antenna port and the DMRS has a large overhead, and the antenna node is newly configured by properly configuring the first CRS and the supplementary configuration with fewer antenna ports.
  • the third CRS can reduce the overhead of the reference signal in each subframe.
  • the embodiment of the present invention also designs the case that the number of DMRSs in the short TTI mode is insufficient, by first determining the time domain length and frequency of the resource block. The domain length is then configured to configure the first DM-RS according to the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block, so that all the resource blocks have sufficient DMRS.
  • 1a is a round-trip time delay diagram of OFDM symbol data transmission in a prior art LTE system
  • FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of interaction between a cell base station and a UE in a prior art LTE system
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of CRS mapping of different antenna ports in a normal subframe in the prior art
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram of an embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4a is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4b is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 4c is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 4d is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 4e is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 4f is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 4g is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram of another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing another embodiment of a reference signal distribution in a signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram of an embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram of an embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 15 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 16 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram of an embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, which is used to enable time-domain symbols with poor performance when using the first CRS for channel estimation, thereby improving channel estimation accuracy through the supplementary CRS, thereby enabling high-speed or high-order Improve the demodulation performance of short TTI transmission in the modulation scenario.
  • the scheduling interval of the physical layer with the most obvious impact on the air interface technology is 10 milliseconds (Williband, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA)). Ms), shortened to 2ms for High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA) and 1ms for Long Term Evolution (LTE).
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • Ms Ms
  • HSPA High-Speed Packet Access
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the LTE physical layer needs to introduce a Short Transmission Time Interval (TTI) to further shorten the scheduling interval. That is, the TTI can be shortened from the normal 1 ms to an integer number of symbols less than 1 ms.
  • the symbol mentioned above may be an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in an LTE system, and may also be referred to as a time domain symbol.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • the short TTI lengths of the above lines and downlinks are all 1 time domain symbols as an example. As shown in FIG. 1a, it is a Round-Trip Time (RTT) delay map for data transmission of 1 OFDM symbol.
  • RTT Round-Trip Time
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
  • ACK acknowledgement character
  • NACK Negative Acknowledgment
  • the RTT of the data transmission is 8 symbols, which is about 576 microseconds, and an LTT of 8 ms is required for transmission of 1 ms TTI, and the delay is greatly shortened.
  • a transmission mode based on CRS and DMRS demodulation can be supported.
  • the UE can only perform channel estimation and demodulation using the scheduled short TTI and the previously occurring CRS. If the length of the short TTI is only one or two time domain symbols, for some symbols, such as OFDM Symbol 3, OFDM symbol 10, etc., channel information on the symbol can only be obtained by extrapolation of the CRS, and the time distance of a symbol containing the CRS closest to the symbol may be 3 symbols for high-speed, high-order modulation.
  • the demodulation performance under the scenario has an impact.
  • the short TTI since the current demodulation reference signals are all designed based on 1ms TTI, if the short TTI also needs to support the transmission mode based on DMRS demodulation, it is necessary to redesign the DMRS for each scheduling unit of the short TTI. If the system has both a UE supporting a transmission mode of CRS demodulation based on 4-antenna port and a UE supporting a transmission mode based on DMRS demodulation, considering that it is necessary to simultaneously configure CRS and additional DMRS of 4 antenna ports, each The reference signal overhead of a sub-frame is large, and therefore, the overhead of the supplemental CRS needs to be properly controlled.
  • the reference signal overhead of each subframe is large, and the short TTI scheduling of the transmission mode using DMRS demodulation requires each scheduling unit to have Two problems with DMRS require redesigning the reference signal when there is a short TTI transmission in the system.
  • FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of interaction between a cell base station and a UE in the LTE system in the prior art; wherein, the coverage of the cell base station 101 is within the coverage of the cell base station 101 and is performed with the cell base station 101.
  • the UE 102 and the UE 103 are in communication; the cell base station 101 is a base station of the LTE system, the UE 102 and the UE 103 are corresponding UEs in the LTE system, the cell base station 101 and the UE 102 are both devices supporting short TTI transmission, and the UE 103 does not support short TTI transmission. device of.
  • the cell base station 101 can communicate with the UE 102 using a short TTI or a normal 1 ms TTI; the cell base station 101 can communicate with the UE 103 using a normal 1 ms TTI.
  • the symbols mentioned in the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention may be OFDM symbols, and one OFDM symbol includes a Cyclic Prefix (CP) part and an information segment part, where the information section part includes one OFDM symbol. All information; CP is a repetition of a part of the information segment signal.
  • the symbol mentioned in the technical solution of the embodiment of the present invention may be one OFDM symbol in the LTE or LTE-A system, and may also be a symbol of other types of communication, which is not limited by the present invention.
  • the time length of one radio frame is 10 ms
  • the time length of one subframe is 1 ms
  • one radio frame includes 10 sub-times. frame.
  • NCP Normal Cyclic Prefix
  • ECP Extended Cyclic Prefix
  • one ECP subframe includes 12 OFDM symbols or 2 slots; the OFDM symbol is numbered from 0 to 11, and the 0th to the 5th The OFDM symbols are odd slots, and the sixth to eleventh OFDM symbols are even slots.
  • the smallest unit is the subcarrier. From the time-frequency two-dimensional joint view, the minimum unit is the resource element (Resource Element, RE) for the resource used for one antenna port transmission.
  • RE Resource Element
  • One RE includes one OFDM symbol in the time domain and one subcarrier in the frequency domain.
  • a Resource-Element Group may contain an integer number of REs, for example, one REG may contain 4 or 16 REs.
  • a physical resource block (PRB) includes one time slot in the time domain, 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and one PRB pair in one subframe.
  • a Resource Block Group (RBG) may contain an integer number of PRBs. For example, one RBG may contain one, two, three, four or other integer number of PRBs.
  • the time domain length of the resource block can be represented by the number of symbols
  • the frequency domain length of the resource block can be represented by the number of PRBs or RBGs or subcarriers or REs or REGs.
  • the system bandwidth can be represented by an integer number of PRBs or an integer number of subcarriers or an integer number of REs or an integer number of REGs.
  • a 10M system bandwidth can be represented by 50 PRBs or 600 subcarriers or 600 REs, or when one REG contains 4 REs, a 10M system bandwidth can be represented by 150 REGs. It should be noted that the system bandwidth can also be represented by an integer number of RBGs.
  • the system bandwidth is 10M or 50 PRBs, and 1 RBG includes 3 PRBs, the system bandwidth includes 17 RBGs, and the last RBG only contains 2 PRB.
  • the NCP subframe format is taken as an example, and the ECP subframe format can be derived.
  • the base station can configure a cell-specific antenna port for the cell user, and the number of the dedicated antenna ports of the cell can be 1, 2, or 4.
  • the base station configures port 0 for the cell user; when the number of cell-specific antenna ports is 2, the base station configures port 0 and port 1 for the cell user; When the number is 4, the base station configures port 0, port 1, and end for the cell user.
  • Port 2 and port 3. The base station configures the CRS on the resource block according to the configured cell-specific antenna port and the predefined cell-specific reference signal (CRS) pattern of the corresponding cell-specific antenna port, and transmits the resource block carrying the CRS to the cell user.
  • CRS cell-specific reference signal
  • the cell user can use the CRS for Automatic Gain Control (AGC) adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, Radio Resource Management (RRM) measurement, control channel demodulation, and channel state information.
  • AGC Automatic Gain Control
  • RRM Radio Resource Management
  • CSI Channel State Information
  • FIG. 2 shows the RE of the CRS mapping of different antenna ports in the normal subframe of the prior art.
  • the position of the PRB pair, where the symbol R p represents the RE of the reference signal of the cell-specific antenna port p, and the line in FIG. 2 in which the fill pattern is in the lower left or upper right direction indicates that the RE on which the fill pattern is located is an existing CRS. Since the corresponding signal transmissions on different antenna ports are distinguished by using different spatial resources, when the REs on one antenna port are used to transmit CRS, the REs on other antenna ports do not transmit any information, so CRS transmissions of different antenna ports are performed.
  • the resources are separated by time and frequency.
  • a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) occupies the first two symbols of a subframe.
  • the other is a Multimedia Broadcast multicast service ingle frequency network (MBSFN) subframe.
  • MBSFN Multimedia Broadcast multicast service ingle frequency network
  • the CRS is transmitted only in the non-MBSFN area of the MBSFN subframe, where the non-MBSFN of the MBSFN subframe
  • the area may refer to the area occupied by the PDCCH, which is usually the first 1 to 2 symbols of the subframe.
  • the number of PDCCH symbols of one MBSFN subframe is 2, when the number of ports of the CRS is 1 or 2, CRS is transmitted only on the first symbol of the MBSFN subframe; when the number of ports of the CRS is 4, The CRS is transmitted only on the first two symbols of the MBSFN subframe.
  • the UE in all embodiments of the present invention can be wirelessly accessed by a mobile phone, a computer or a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated, in-vehicle mobile device capable of exchanging voice or data with a wireless access network.
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the base station in all the embodiments of the present invention may be an evolved base station (eNB), a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, an access point (AP), a transmission point (TP), and a far destination (TP). Remote Radio Head (RRH), etc.
  • eNB evolved base station
  • AP access point
  • TP transmission point
  • TP far destination
  • RRH Remote Radio Head
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention may include the following steps:
  • the base station configures a first CRS for the resource block.
  • the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, and the information includes a data part and a reference signal part.
  • the data part of the information includes control information and/or data information, which is specifically carried on a physical channel
  • the physical channel includes one or a combination of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, and enhanced physical downlink control channel (Enhanced) -Physical Downlink Control CHannel (EPDCCH), Physical Control Format Indicator Channel (PCFICH), Physical Hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH), or the same function in some new standards.
  • Enhanced physical -Physical Downlink Control CHannel EPDCCH
  • PCFICH Physical Control Format Indicator Channel
  • PHICH Physical Hybrid ARQ indicator channel
  • the channel with different name such as the control channel or data channel introduced in the short TTI transmission
  • the control information for scheduling the resource block may not be carried on the resource block.
  • the UE may determine the time domain length of the resource block by demodulating the control information of the resource block or a predefined manner.
  • the data part of the information does not contain any information, that is, the information carried by the resource block only includes the reference signal part
  • the antenna port information of the first CRS is generally determined by the base station.
  • the base station can obtain the antenna port information of the first CRS by using the UE in multiple manners.
  • the base station may notify the UE of the antenna port information of the first CRS by means of RRC signaling, MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling.
  • the base station may perform cyclic redundancy check on a physical broadcast channel (PBCH).
  • PBCH physical broadcast channel
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
  • the first CRS may be transmitted on multiple different subframes.
  • the first CRS may be a CRS transmitted on a normal subframe.
  • the first CRS is a CRS transmitted on an MBSFN subframe.
  • the antenna port of the first CRS changes according to the change of the number of antenna ports of the first CRS configured by the base station for the resource block. For example, if the base station is a resource block. The number of antenna ports of the first CRS is set to 1, and the antenna port of the first CRS is port 0 at this time. For another example, if the number of antenna ports of the first CRS configured by the base station for the resource block is 2, the antenna port of the first CRS is port 0 and port 1 at this time. For another example, if the number of antenna ports of the first CRS configured by the base station for the resource block is 4, the antenna ports of the first CRS are port 0, port 1, port 2, and port 3.
  • the size of the resource block may be configured according to actual conditions.
  • the resource block size may be all available resources of the system integer subframes, for example, the resource block time domain includes A sub-frame containing the entire system bandwidth in the frequency domain.
  • the resource block size can be a complete set of all available resources of the system.
  • the resource block size may be a subset of all available resources of the system, for example, the resource block size is determined by a scheduling manner of short TTI transmission, and the frequency domain includes an integer number of PRBs or an integer number of RBGs or an integer number of subcarriers, in time domain. Contains an integer number of symbols.
  • the size of the resource block can also be configured according to other rules as long as the short TTI transmission requirement is met.
  • the resource block may be a subset or a complete set of all available resources of the system. Therefore, the base station configures the first CRS for the resource block, and specifically, the base station is configured for all available resources of the system. First CRS. Alternatively, the base station configures the first CRS for the resource block, and may also configure the first CRS for the resource that includes the resource block. Alternatively, the base station configures the first CRS for the resource block, and specifically, the base station only configures the first CRS for the resource block.
  • the base station configures a supplementary CRS for the resource block configured with the first CRS.
  • the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS, and the reference signal part includes the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  • the antenna port of the first CRS refers to an antenna port that transmits the first CRS, for example, for the case where only one port transmits the first CRS, to transmit the antenna of the first CRS. If the port is port 0 as an example, the first CRS is sent by the port 0 for the base station, and the first CRS is received by the port 0 for the UE; for example, the first CRS is transmitted for multiple ports. In the case where the antenna port transmitting the first CRS is port 0 and port 1, for the base station, the first CRS is sent through the port 0 and the port 1, and for the UE, the port 0 and the port 1 are received. The first CRS.
  • the antenna port of the second CRS and the antenna port of the third CRS appearing subsequently in the embodiment of the present invention are similar to this case.
  • the UE when performing short TTI transmission on the UE by using the CRS demodulation-based transmission mode, in order to reduce the delay, the UE can only use the scheduled short TTI and the previously appearing CRS. Perform channel estimation and demodulation. If the length of the short TTI is only one or two time domain symbols, for some symbols, such as OFDM symbol 3, OFDM symbol 10, etc., the channel information on the symbol can only be obtained by extrapolation of the CRS, and the symbol is closest to the symbol.
  • the time distance of a symbol containing CRS may be 3 symbols, which has an impact on the demodulation performance in high-speed and high-order modulation scenarios. Therefore, in this case, it is necessary to supplement the CRS on the basis of the first CRS. Improve the demodulation performance of short TTI.
  • step 302 there is no absolute order relationship between step 302 and step 301.
  • the antenna port information of the supplementary CRS may be determined in various manners.
  • the antenna port information supplementing the CRS is determined by the base station.
  • the antenna port information of the supplementary CRS is determined by the UE and the antenna port information of the supplementary CRS is reported to the base station by using signaling.
  • the antenna port information supplementing the CRS is predefined.
  • the supplementary CRS includes a second CRS, and the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS.
  • the base station configures a first CRS whose antenna port is port 0 and port 1 for the resource block, and the base station configures a second CRS for the resource block configured with the first CRS, where the antenna port of the second CRS is port 0 and port 1. It is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS.
  • the supplementary CRS includes a third CRS, and the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
  • the base station configures a first CRS whose antenna port is port 0 and port 1 for the resource block, and the base station configures a third CRS for the resource block configured with the first CRS, where the antenna port of the third CRS is Port 2 and port 3 are different from the antenna ports of the first CRS.
  • the number of antenna ports of the first CRS may be 1, 2, 4, and up to four, and the corresponding four ports are port 0, port 1, port 2, and port 3, respectively.
  • the antenna port of a CRS is only port 0 and port 1.
  • the antenna port of the third CRS may be port I and port I+1, and the port I and port I+1 It can be port 2 and port 3, or the port I and port I+1 are other port numbers.
  • the antenna port of the first CRS is only port 0, the number of antenna ports of the third CRS is 1 or 3.
  • the antenna port of the third CRS may be a port.
  • the port I can be port 1 or other port numbers that are not port 2 and port 3; when the number of antenna ports of the third CRS is 3, the antenna port of the third CRS can be port I, port I +1 and port I+2, the port I, port I+1 and port I+2 may be port 1, port 2 and port 3, or the port I, port I+1 and port I+2 may be other ports
  • the antenna port of the third CRS is a virtual antenna port of the first CRS, and the UE needs to combine the first CRS and the third CRS to complete operations such as CSI measurement, data channel demodulation, and the like.
  • the supplementary CRS includes the foregoing second CRS and the third CRS, that is, the antenna port of the second CRS and the first CRS in the antenna port of the supplementary CRS.
  • the antenna ports are the same, and the antenna port of the third CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
  • the base station configures a first CRS whose antenna port is port 0 and port 1 for the resource block, and the base station configures a second CRS and a third CRS for the resource block configured with the first CRS, where the second CRS antenna
  • the port is port 0 and port 1.
  • the antenna port of the third CRS is port 2 and port 3. That is, some of the antenna ports of the supplementary CRS are the same as the antenna ports of the first CRS, and some antenna ports are the first.
  • the antenna ports of the CRS are different.
  • the supplementary CRS in the embodiment of the present invention may be specifically divided into three cases, the first case, the supplementary CRS includes only the second CRS, and the second case, the supplementary CRS includes only the third CRS; Both the second CRS and the third CRS are included; these three scenarios are described below.
  • the supplementary CRS only includes the second CRS.
  • the supplementary CRS includes only the second CRS.
  • the base station configures the supplementary CRS for the resource block, and the base station configures the second CRS for the antenna port of the at least one first CRS in the resource block.
  • the antenna port of the first CRS has port 0 and port 1.
  • the second CRS is configured, if the CRS that needs to be supplemented in the resource block involves only one port, it can be configured only on port 0, regardless of port 1. Or only configure on port 1 without considering port 0.
  • the CRS that needs to be supplemented in the resource block only involves two ports, and then it is configured on both ports. If there are four cases of the first CRS antenna port, Then, the second CRS is configured on 1 to 4 ports according to supplementary requirements.
  • the base station may determine, according to the location or density of the first CRS, a location of the second CRS corresponding to the antenna port of the first CRS in the resource block.
  • each filling pattern is expressed as follows: a line whose filling pattern is in the lower left or upper right direction indicates that the RE of the filling pattern is the first A CRS, the line in which the fill pattern is in the upper left or lower right direction indicates that the RE on the RE where the fill pattern is located is the second CRS, and the line in which the fill pattern is in the longitudinal direction indicates that the RE on which the fill pattern is located is the third CRS.
  • the first CRS is a position of a CRS-mapped RE of a cell-specific antenna port in a normal subframe in a PRB pair
  • a symbol Rp represents an RE of a reference signal of the antenna port p
  • a second CRS is located according to the first CRS.
  • There are 168 REs in a PRB pair where the density of the first CRS is 16/168, and the symbol of the first CRS is 0, 4, 7, and 11. Considering the time domain position, it can be in symbol 2 and symbol 9.
  • the second CRS is supplemented with one RE for each of port 0 and port 1 respectively; considering the frequency domain position, the reference signals of the supplemental port 0 and port 1 are equal in the frequency domain.
  • the density of the supplemental first CRS and second CRS within one PRB pair is 20/168.
  • the first CRS is the position of the RE of the CRS mapping of the four cell-specific antenna ports in the normal subframe in the PRB pair, and the symbol Rp represents the RE of the reference signal of the antenna port p.
  • the CRS density of port 2 and port 3 is smaller than the CRS density of port 0 and port 1, so the base station can refer to port 2 and port 3 on symbol 1 and symbol 8 in the first CRS on symbols 5 and 12
  • the signal pattern complements the second CRS corresponding to port 2 and port 3.
  • FIG. 4b is only a schematic diagram in which the positions of the reference signals of the second CRS corresponding to the port 2 and the port 3 are interchangeable.
  • the UE that uses the normal 1ms TTI transmission and the UE that uses the short TTI transmission may exist in the system.
  • the UE reports the CSI measurement information to the base station to the base station to use the CSI information to schedule the UE.
  • the time is shortened, and the gain of fast CSI feedback can be obtained in a high-speed scenario, so the CRS can be supplemented according to the length of the scheduled TTI.
  • the base station configures the supplementary CRS for the resource block, and the base station configures the supplementary CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block.
  • the base station may first determine the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block scheduled to be sent to the UE.
  • the length of the TTI may be an integer number of time domain symbols less than 14, for example, the number of time domain symbols of each scheduled TTI is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, etc.;
  • the scheduling length may be the same as the length of the 1ms TTI scheduling, or may be longer or shorter than the length of the 1ms TTI scheduling.
  • the base station configures, in the resource block, the second CRS for the antenna port of the at least one first CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block.
  • the base station may determine, according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block and the location or density of the first CRS in the resource block, the second CRS corresponding to the antenna port of the first CRS. The location within the resource block.
  • the first CRS is the location of the CRS mapped RE of the four cell-specific antenna ports in the normal subframe in the PRB pair, and the symbol Rp represents the RE of the reference signal of the antenna port p. .
  • the subframe can be divided into four short TTIs, wherein the lengths of the first and third short TTIs are 4 symbols, and the lengths of the 2nd and 4th short TTIs are 3 symbols, which can be represented by FIG. 4b. It can be seen that the CRSs of port 2 and port 3 are not included in the scheduling resource blocks of the 2nd and 4th short TTIs.
  • the base station can base the symbols in the first CRS in the resource blocks of the second and fourth short TTIs.
  • the reference signal patterns of port 2 and port 3 on 1 and 8 complement the second CRS of port 2 and port 3.
  • one subframe may include multiple short TTIs of different lengths, or may only include one short TTI of length.
  • one subframe contains short TTIs of two symbols and four symbols. 4c, 4d, 4e, and 4f respectively show that when the number of antenna ports of the first CRS is 2, and the length of the TTI is 1, 2, 3, or 4 time domain symbols, the second is added according to the length of the TTI.
  • An example of a CRS in which the port of the second CRS is port 0 or port 1.
  • the second CRS is a cell-specific reference signal, that is, a reference signal that can be recognized by all UEs in the cell.
  • the second CRS is a group-specific reference signal, such as a reference signal that can be recognized by a UE that supports short TTI transmission of one or more lengths.
  • the second CRS is a UE-specific reference signal, and only the reference signal that is scheduled to be recognized by the UE that includes the resource block of the second CRS.
  • the second CRS is a UE-specific reference signal, and the base station indicates, by signaling, whether the second CRS exists in the UE and/or indicates a location of the second CRS in the resource block.
  • the transmit powers of the second CRS and the first CRS are the same or different.
  • the base station may notify the UE of the transmit power of the second CRS and the first CRS by using RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling, or a predefined manner.
  • the specific notification manner is similar to the manner in which the antenna port information of the first CRS is notified to the UE in the description of the step 301 in the first embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second CRS and the first CRS are reference signals having the same feature, for example, the first CRS and the second CRS do not carry the precoding matrix information, or the first CRS and the second CRS both carry the precoding. Matrix information. Since the antenna port of the first CRS and the antenna port of the second CRS are the same, the UE may perform AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, RRM measurement, control channel demodulation, CSI measurement, data channel demodulation, etc. in conjunction with the first CRS and the second CRS. operating.
  • the supplementary CRS only includes the third CRS.
  • the base station can provide services for multiple UEs in one cell, and therefore different scenarios in which different UEs have different requirements for the configured number of CRS antenna ports may occur.
  • the base station configures a first CRS for all UEs in a cell, and configures a first CRS and a supplementary CRS for the UE with the newly added antenna port requirement, where the supplementary CRS includes only the third CRS, the third CRS, and the first CRS.
  • the antenna ports are different.
  • the newly added antenna ports configured by the base station for different UEs may be the same or different.
  • the base station may configure a first CRS of 2 antenna ports for all UEs (eg, UEs transmitting using 1 ms and short TTI), and a third CRS configured with 2 new antenna ports for all UEs using short TTI transmissions.
  • the base station can configure the first of one antenna port for all UEs.
  • the CRS is a third CRS in which a part of the UE is configured with one new antenna port, and the other part of the UE is supplemented with a third CRS in which three new antenna ports are configured.
  • the base station configures the supplemental CRS for the resource block, and the base station configures the third CRS for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS in the resource block.
  • the first CRS is a position of a CRS-mapped RE of a cell-specific antenna port in a normal subframe in a PRB pair, and a symbol Rp represents an RE of a reference signal of the antenna port p.
  • the antenna ports of the first CRS are port 0 and port 1; the antenna ports of the third CRS are port 2 and port 3, and the CRS mapping RE of the third CRS corresponding CRS antenna port 2 and port 3 is given in PRB in FIG. The position of the center.
  • the base station supplements the third CRS of the corresponding port 2' and the port 3' according to the reference signal patterns of the port 2 and the port 3 in the first CRS on the symbols 1 and 8, and according to the symbol 1 and the symbols 1 and 12
  • the reference signal pattern on symbol 8 supplements the third CRS corresponding to port 2 and port 3.
  • the base station may configure, in the resource block, a third CRS for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block.
  • the base station may first determine the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block scheduled to be sent to the UE.
  • the first CRS is a position of a CRS mapped RE of a 2 cell dedicated antenna port in a normal subframe, and a symbol Rp indicates a reference signal of the antenna port p. RE.
  • the subframe can be divided into four short TTIs, wherein the lengths of the first and third short TTIs are 4 symbols, and the lengths of the second and fourth short TTIs are 3 symbols.
  • the base station may supplement the third CRS corresponding to port 2 and port 3 respectively in the scheduling resource blocks of the short TTI.
  • the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, where M is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 14; and/or, the base station determines the resource block.
  • the time domain length is N subframes, where N is an integer not less than 1 and not more than 10.
  • the base station determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRB or RBG or RE or REG, where P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is a PRB number or RBG number or RE corresponding to the system bandwidth. Number or REG number.
  • the base station configuration supplementing the CRS includes at least one of the following steps: when M is not less than 1 and not greater than 3 The number of times, the base station configures one RE for each antenna port of the third CRS in the antenna port of the at least one third CRS in each PRB in the resource block; when M is an integer not less than 4 and not more than 7 The base station configures 2 REs for each of the antenna ports of the third CRS in each of the PRBs in each of the PRBs; when M is an integer not less than 8 and not greater than 14 The base station configures 4 REs for each of the at least one third CRS antenna port in each PRB in the resource block.
  • one subframe may include multiple different short TTI lengths, or may only include one short TTI length.
  • 4c to 4g respectively show an example in which the port of the first CRS is port 0 and port 1, and the length of the TTI is 1, 2, 3, 4, and 7 symbols, and the third CRS is supplemented according to the above principle.
  • the port of the third CRS is port 2 and port 3.
  • the third CRS may be set to multiple types of reference signals, for example, the third CRS may be a cell-specific reference signal, ie, a reference signal that can be recognized by all UEs within the cell. As another example, the third CRS can be a group-specific reference signal, such as a reference signal that can be recognized by a UE that supports one or more lengths of short TTI transmission.
  • the third CRS may be set to multiple types of reference signals, for example, the third CRS may be a cell-specific reference signal, ie, a reference signal that can be recognized by all UEs within the cell.
  • the third CRS can be a group-specific reference signal, such as a reference signal that can be recognized by a UE that supports one or more lengths of short TTI transmission.
  • the third CRS is a UE-specific reference signal, and only the reference signal that is scheduled by the UE that is allocated to the resource block that includes the third CRS, or the UE only has the antenna port configured with the third CRS, the base station The UE is supplemented with a third CRS on the resource block on which the UE is scheduled.
  • the third CRS is a UE-specific reference signal, and the base station indicates, by signaling, whether the third CRS exists in the UE and/or indicates a location of the third CRS in the resource block.
  • the transmit powers of the third CRS and the first CRS are the same or different.
  • the base station may notify the UE of the transmit power of the third CRS and the first CRS by using RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling or a predefined manner. The relationship, or the relationship between the third CRS and the transmit power of the data, or the transmit power information of the third CRS.
  • the third CRS and the first CRS are reference signals having the same feature, for example, the first CRS and the third CRS do not carry precoding matrix information, or the first CRS and the third CRS both carry precoding matrix information. Since the antenna port of the first CRS and the antenna port of the third CRS are different, the antenna port of the third CRS can be regarded as the virtual antenna port of the first CRS, and the UE needs to determine the antenna port of the third CRS, so that the first CRS can be combined. And the third CRS performs operations such as AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, RRM measurement, control channel demodulation, CSI measurement, and data channel demodulation.
  • the base station may enable the UE to determine an antenna port of the third CRS in multiple manners. For example, the base station may notify the UE of the port information used to determine the antenna port of the third CRS by means of RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling, etc.; the base station may perform the CRC on the PDCCH that schedules the UE.
  • the method of the scrambling code notifies the UE of the port information for determining the antenna port of the third CRS; the base station may notify the UE of the port information for determining the antenna port of the third CRS in a predefined manner; when the base station has multiple When the carrier is used, the base station may also notify the UE of the port information of the carrier port of the carrier that is used to determine the third CRS by using the signaling of the non-local carrier, and the method may be used to notify the UE to select according to the actual situation.
  • the port information used to determine the antenna port of the third CRS may be the number of antenna ports of the third CRS, the antenna port number of the third CRS, or the total number of CRS antenna ports.
  • the total number of the CRS antenna ports includes the number of antenna ports of the third CRS and the number of antenna ports of the first CRS. Since the UE can determine the number of antenna ports of the first CRS, the CRS antenna can be adopted. The total number of ports calculates the number of antenna ports of the third CRS. Correspondingly, the UE may determine the number of antenna ports of the third CRS or the antenna port number of the third CRS according to the port information of the antenna port for determining the third CRS.
  • the UE needs to demodulate the PDCCH before determining whether to receive a Physical Downlink Shared CHannel (PDSCH).
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared CHannel
  • the UE demodulates the PDCCH using only the first CRS.
  • the UE demodulates the PDCCH using only the third CRS.
  • the UE needs to jointly use the first CRS and the third CRS to demodulate the PDCCH. It can be understood that the UE needs to determine the number of antenna ports of the third CRS or the antenna port number of the third CRS before using the third CRS.
  • the channel estimation can be made more accurate.
  • the base station can put the partial transmission power of the data on the symbol to the symbol.
  • the transmission power of the reference signal is increased to improve the performance of the channel estimation.
  • the UE needs to determine the power information of the reference signal and the data in order to correctly demodulate the data.
  • the base station notifies the UE of the power control parameter information of the reference signal and the data transmission, and the power control parameter information may include at least one of the following information: the pilot data power on the symbol of the first CRS and the supplementary CRS Ratio; pilot data power ratio on symbols without first CRS and supplemental CRS; data power on symbols with first CRS and supplemental CRS and no The ratio of the data power on the symbols of a CRS and the supplementary CRS; the number of antenna ports of the first CRS; the number of antenna ports of the third CRS; and the sum of the number of antenna ports of the first CRS and the third CRS.
  • the supplementary CRS includes a second CRS and a third CRS.
  • the base station may provide services for multiple UEs in one cell, and may also include situations in which the second CRS and the third CRS need to be supplemented, for example, the number of CRS antenna ports required by different UEs may be configured.
  • the number of CRS antenna ports required by a part of UEs is more than the number of CRS antenna ports required by other UEs, and for example, for all UEs in the cell, the number of first CRSs in the resource blocks is insufficient, resulting in Performance in various scenarios such as high speed or high-order modulation cannot be guaranteed.
  • the base station may configure the first CRS and the second CRS for the UEs in one cell, and further configure the third CRS and the second CRS antenna for the UEs with the newly added antenna port requirements in the UEs.
  • the port is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS, and the third CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
  • the method includes: a second CRS configuration step: the base station configures a second CRS for the antenna port of the at least one first CRS in the resource block; and a third CRS configuration step: the base station A third CRS is configured within the resource block for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS.
  • the specific second CRS configuration step is similar to the foregoing scenario 1.
  • the specific The three CRS configuration steps are similar to the above case 2.
  • the details are not described here.
  • the second CRS and the third CRS can be the same type of reference signals, for example, the second CRS and the third CRS are both cell-specific reference signals, or the second CRS and the third CRS are group-specific reference.
  • the signal, or the second CRS and the third CRS are UE-specific reference signals.
  • the second CRS and the third CRS may be different types of reference signals, for example, the second CRS is a group-specific reference signal, the third CRS is a UE-specific reference signal, or the second CRS is a UE-specific reference signal, and the third CRS Is a group-specific reference signal.
  • the second CRS and the third CRS are both cell-specific reference signals, or the second CRS and the third CRS are group-specific reference.
  • the signal, or the second CRS and the third CRS are UE-specific reference signals.
  • the second CRS and the third CRS may be different types of reference signals, for example, the second CRS is a group-specific reference signal, the third CRS is
  • the first CRS is a location of a CRS mapped RE of a two cell-specific antenna port in a normal subframe in a PRB pair, and a symbol Rp indicates a reference signal of the antenna port p.
  • the second CRS is a group-specific reference signal corresponding to CRS antenna port 0 and port 1, the second CRS can be identified by all UEs supporting short TTI transmission;
  • the third CRS is a UE-specific reference corresponding to CRS antenna port 2 and port 3.
  • the third CRS may be configured with a third CRS antenna port and scheduled to be identified by the UE carrying the resource block of the third CRS.
  • FIG. 4c to FIG. 4g respectively show that the number of antenna ports of the first CRS is 2, and the number of time domain symbols of the short TTI is 1, 2, 3, 4, respectively. Distribution of the first CRS, the second CRS, and the third CRS in the PRB pair.
  • the RE of the second CRS and the RE of the third CRS are not in the resource block.
  • the CRS of one antenna port is configured, of course, if it is configured in the second CRS and the third CRS step configured according to the above configuration of the second CRS step.
  • the three CRSs are configured in the same RE on the resource block, they can be configured according to the current requirements of the system. For example, if the current demand for the third CRS is large, the third CRS has a higher priority in configuration.
  • the third CRS may be preferentially configured on the RE in the case of the same RE overlap in the second CRS and the third CRS; for example, the current demand for the second CRS is large, that is, only a small part of the UE in the cell needs to use the first
  • the third CRS is used to complete the signal processing at the receiving end. More UEs need to use the second CRS to assist the channel estimation, so that the demodulation performance of the receiving end can be guaranteed in a high-speed or high-order scenario. At this time, for the second CRS and the third CRS.
  • the second CRS may be preferentially configured on the RE. It should be noted that the manner in which the system is configured according to the current requirements of the system requires the base station to notify the UE of the antenna port corresponding to the CRS on the RE.
  • the rule when there occurs an overlap between the second CRS and the third CRS on the RE of the resource block, the most efficient allocation is flexibly according to the current situation.
  • the rule when When the second CRS and the third CRS overlap on the RE of the resource block, the rule may be defined in advance, that is, when the overlap occurs, the second CRS or the third CRS is uniformly configured.
  • the first CRS and the second CRS have the same antenna virtualization mode
  • the first CRS and the third CRS may have the same antenna virtualization mode, or may have different antenna virtualization modes.
  • the number of antenna ports configured by the base station to the first CRS is 2
  • the number of antenna ports of the third CRS is also 2
  • the base station has 8 physical antennas.
  • the antenna port of each first CRS and the antenna port of each third CRS may correspond to two physical antennas, that is, Two physical antennas transmit information carried by the same antenna port; or, each antenna port of the first CRS corresponds to two physical antennas, and each antenna port of the third CRS corresponds to one physical antenna, that is, each first CRS antenna
  • the information carried by the port is sent by two physical antennas, and the information carried by each third CRS antenna port is sent by one physical antenna.
  • the base station transmits a resource block that carries the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  • the base station transmits the resource block.
  • the resource block carries only the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  • the resource block carries other information, such as control information and/or data information, in addition to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS. Wait.
  • the base station may notify the UE of the size of the resource block by means of a predefined or signaling indication.
  • the manner in which the base station notifies the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block may be the same or different.
  • the base station may specify the length of the resource block in a predefined manner, and notify the frequency domain length of the resource block of the UE by means of signaling indication; the base station may also notify the time domain length and frequency of the resource block by means of signaling indication. Domain length.
  • the step 303 may specifically be: the base station transmits the first CRS and a resource block of the second CRS;
  • the step 303 may be specifically: the base station transmits the resource block carrying the first CRS and the third CRS;
  • the step 303 may specifically be: the base station transmits the resource block carrying the first CRS, the second CRS, and the third CRS.
  • the The density of the first CRS in the resource block enables the CRS to guarantee performance in various scenarios such as high-speed or high-order modulation; when the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS, it can support different intra-cells.
  • the UE uses different CRS antenna ports for data transmission.
  • a method for transmitting a reference signal may include the following steps:
  • the base station determines a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block.
  • the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, and the information includes a data part and a reference signal part.
  • the data part of the information includes control information and/or data information, which is specifically carried on a physical channel
  • the physical channel includes one or a combination of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, and enhanced physical downlink control channel (Enhanced) -Physical Downlink Control CHannel (EPDCCH), Physical Control Format Indicator Channel (PCFICH), Physical Hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH), or the same function in some new standards.
  • Enhanced physical -Physical Downlink Control CHannel EPDCCH
  • PCFICH Physical Control Format Indicator Channel
  • PHICH Physical Hybrid ARQ indicator channel
  • the channel with different name such as the control channel or data channel introduced in the short TTI transmission
  • the control information for scheduling the resource block may not be carried on the resource block.
  • the UE may determine the time domain length of the resource block by demodulating the control information of the resource block or a predefined manner.
  • the data part of the information does not contain any information, that is, the information carried by the resource block only includes the reference signal part
  • the resource block is a resource block for signal transmission scheduled to the UE, and therefore the size of the resource block, that is, the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block, needs to be determined.
  • the resource block size may be a subset of all available resources of the system, which is determined by the scheduling mode of the base station, that is, the frequency domain includes an integer number of PRBs or an integer number of RBGs or an integer number of subcarriers, and the time domain includes an integer number of symbols.
  • the default time domain length is 7 time domain symbols or 14 time domain symbols, that is, 1 time slot corresponding to the existing division mode. Or one subframe, if the length of the time domain is determined and the frequency domain length is not determined, the default division mode is adopted, that is, the frequency domain length is the frequency domain length of one PRB or one RBG.
  • the base station determines the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block in multiple manners. Specifically, the base station determines the time domain length of the resource block, and at least one of the following manners may be adopted.
  • Manner 1 The base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14.
  • the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 10.
  • the base station determines that one subframe includes an integer number of resource blocks, where each resource block may have the same time domain length, for example, one subframe includes seven resource blocks with a TTI length of 2 symbols, or one subframe includes Two resource blocks with a TTI length of 7 symbols; the time domain length of each resource block may also be different. For example, one subframe includes 4 resource blocks, and the corresponding TTI lengths are 4, 3, and 4 respectively. 3 symbols.
  • the base station determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRB or RBG or RE or REG, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  • the base station configures a first DM-RS for the resource block.
  • the antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE-dedicated demodulation antenna port, and the reference signal portion includes the first DM-RS.
  • the configuration process of the first DM-RS can be performed. Specifically, the antenna port of the first DM-RS is first determined, and the port information of the antenna port can be determined by the base station; The antenna port of the first DM-RS may be reported to the base station by using the signaling. The antenna port of the first DM-RS may also be predefined, and the base station and the UE are defined according to the foregoing. The antenna port of the first DM-RS is determined.
  • the base station After determining the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length in step 701, the base station configures the first number of REs of the first DM-RS in each PRB according to the length of the time domain. DM-RS.
  • the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and the base station configuring the first DM-RS includes the following steps according to the time domain length of the resource block. at least one:
  • the base station configures the first DM-RS according to the antenna port of the first DM-RS, and includes:
  • the base station configures one RE for each antenna port of the first DM-RS of the antenna ports of the at least one first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block;
  • the allocation situation of the first DM-RS is similar to the case of the third CRS distribution in the second case in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3.
  • the base station configures the first DM-RS according to the antenna port of the first DM-RS, and includes:
  • the base station configures 2 REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS of the antenna ports of the at least one first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block;
  • the allocation situation of the first DM-RS is similar to the case of the third CRS distribution in the second case in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3.
  • the base station configures the first DM-RS according to the antenna port of the first DM-RS, and includes:
  • the base station configures 4 REs for each of the antenna ports of the first DM-RS of the at least one first DM-RS in each PRB within the resource block.
  • M may also adopt an alternate manner of 3 and 4 values, that is, the time domain length of the resource block is not a layer unchanged, but is composed of four time domain symbols and three The length of the time domain symbol is alternately composed.
  • the maximum number of antenna ports that can be supported by the first DM-RS is Y, and the corresponding port is port A to port (A+Y-1); when the base station determines the resource block
  • the domain length is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not greater than 7.
  • the base station determines that the number of antenna ports of the first DM-RS of the UE is X, and the corresponding port is port A to port (A+X-1);
  • Configuring the first DM-RS includes at least one of the following:
  • the base station configures X REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block; wherein the first DM-RSs of different antenna ports use different reference signal sequences, and different antenna ports
  • the first DM-RS occupies the same time-frequency resource.
  • the base station configures Z REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block, where Z may be a predefined value or the number of antenna ports that the first DM-RS can support at most Y.
  • the first DM-RS of the different antenna ports uses different reference signal sequences. When X is greater than 1, the first DM-RS of some or all of the X antenna ports occupy the same time-frequency resource. For example, if Y is 4 and Z is 2, when X is equal to 2, the first DM-RS of port A and port (A+1) occupy the same time-frequency resource, specifically for each resource block.
  • the first DM-RS of port A and port (A+1) occupy the same time-frequency resource, specifically, each REB in the resource block occupies 2 REs, port (A+2) and The first DM-RS of the port (A+3) occupies the same time-frequency resource, and specifically takes another 2 REs in each PRB in the resource block.
  • the base station configures Z REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block, where Z is a value determined by the number X of antenna ports of the first DM-RS; wherein, different antennas
  • the first DM-RS of the port uses a different sequence of reference signals. For example, as shown in FIG. 8 , a straight line in which the filling pattern is in the lower left or upper right direction indicates that the RE on which the filling pattern is located is the first CRS, and the straight line in which the filling pattern is laterally longitudinally intersects indicates the RE on which the filling pattern is located.
  • the reference signal is port A and port (A+1), and the padding pattern is an oblique cross line, indicating that the reference signal on the RE where the padding pattern is located is port A and port (A+1) when configuring two ports. When configuring four ports, it is port (A+2) and port (A+3).
  • the first DM-RS occupies the same time-frequency resource, specifically, 4 REs are occupied in each PRB in the resource block; when X is equal to 4, Z takes 2, port A and port (A+1)
  • the first DM-RS occupies the same time-frequency resource, specifically, each of the four PRs in the resource block occupies two of the above four REs, the port (A+2) and the port (A+3)
  • a DM-RS occupies the same time-frequency resource, and specifically, each of the four REs in the resource block occupies the other two REs of the above four REs.
  • the first DM-RS is configured on the first symbol or the first two symbols of the resource block, and the UE receives the first symbol or the first two of the resource block. After the symbol, the channel estimation and the like can be performed through the first DM-RS on the symbol, thereby reducing the delay of the UE demodulating the resource block.
  • the first DM-RS may be a reference signal used by the base station to transmit downlink control channel or data channel demodulation to the UE, or may be used by the UE to transmit to the base station for uplink control channel or data channel demodulation. Reference signal.
  • the first DM-RS is a UE-specific reference signal, and only the reference signal that is scheduled to be identified by the UE that includes the resource block of the first DM-RS, or the UE is configured only by the first DM-RS.
  • the antenna port, the base station transmits the first DM-RS for the UE on the resource block that the UE is scheduled.
  • the first DM-RS is a UE-specific reference signal, and the base station indicates, by signaling, the UE, the first DM-RS. Whether there is and/or indicates the location of the first DM-RS within the resource block.
  • the base station configures the first CRS for the resource block, and the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port.
  • the base station configures the second CRS for the resource block according to the antenna port of the at least one first CRS.
  • the base station transmits a resource block that carries the first DM-RS.
  • the base station transmits the resource block.
  • the resource block carries only the reference signal.
  • the reference signal includes the first DM-RS, or the reference signal includes the first DM-RS and the first CRS, or the reference signal includes the first The DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS; optionally, the resource block carries other information, such as control information and/or data information, in addition to the reference signal.
  • the resource block carries other information, such as control information and/or data information, in addition to the reference signal.
  • the content of the specific DM-RS is different, for example, the first DM-RS is configured for the resource block, and the step 703 is specifically: the base station transmits the first DM-RS.
  • the step 703 is specifically: the base station transmits the resource block carrying the first DM-RS and the first CRS;
  • the step 703 is specifically: the base station transmits the resource block carrying the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS.
  • the embodiment of the present invention designs a dedicated DM-RS on each short TTI transmission resource block for short TTI transmissions of different lengths, so that the base station can use the transmission mode of short TTI transmission based on DMRS demodulation to UE. Communicate.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal corresponding to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.
  • the method of outputting can be performed by a receiving device corresponding to the base station corresponding to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9 , an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, which may include the following steps:
  • the UE receives a resource block that is transmitted by the base station and carries the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  • the resource block is configured to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data portion and a reference signal portion, and the reference signal portion includes the first CRS and the supplementary CRS,
  • the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the antenna port information of the first CRS is the same as the method for the base station in the first embodiment of the present invention to obtain the antenna port information of the first CRS. Let me repeat.
  • the first CRS may be a CRS transmitted on a normal subframe, or may be a CRS transmitted on an MBSFN subframe.
  • the configuration method of the resource block size is the same as the configuration method of the resource block size described in Embodiment 1 of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • the method for the base station to configure the first CRS for the resource block is the same as the method for the base station to configure the first CRS for the resource block in the first embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • the supplementary CRS may include a second CRS and an third CRS.
  • the antenna port of the second CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS, and the antenna port of the third CRS is different from the antenna port of the second CRS.
  • the supplementary CRS includes only the second CRS, where the determining of the antenna port of the second CRS and the second CRS configuration process are the same as those described in the first step in step 302 of Embodiment 1 of the present invention, and details are not described herein again. .
  • the supplementary CRS includes only the third CRS, where the determining of the antenna port of the third CRS and the third CRS configuration process are the same as the method described in the second step in step 302 of Embodiment 1 of the present invention, and details are not described herein again. .
  • the supplementary CRS includes a second CRS and a third CRS, where the second CRS and the third CRS.
  • the determination of the antenna port and the configuration process of the second CRS and the third CRS are the same as those described in the third step in the step 302 of the embodiment 1 of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UE when the supplementary CRS includes at least the third CRS, the UE obtains the antenna port information of the third CRS, and the base station described in Embodiment 1 of the present invention enables the UE to obtain the third CRS.
  • the method of the antenna port information is the same and will not be described here.
  • the method for the UE to determine the power information of the reference signal and the data is the same as the method for the base station described in Embodiment 1 of the present invention to notify the UE of the reference signal and the power control parameter information of the data transmission. I won't go into details here.
  • the UE determines the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block, and the base station described in Embodiment 1 of the present invention causes the UE to determine the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block.
  • the method is the same and will not be described here.
  • the supplementary CRS and the first CRS are reference signals having the same feature, for example, the first CRS and the supplementary CRS do not carry precoding matrix information, or both the first CRS and the supplementary CRS carry precoding matrix information.
  • the first CRS and the second CRS have the same antenna virtualization mode, and the first CRS and the third CRS may have the same antenna virtualization mode, or may have different antenna virtualization modes. the way.
  • the specific virtualization mode process is similar to the process of antenna virtualization in the description of step 302 in Embodiment 1 of FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UE demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  • the UE may perform at least one of the following operations according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, channel characteristic estimation, RRM measurement, CSI measurement, and the like.
  • the data part of the information includes control information and/or data information, which is specifically carried on a physical channel
  • the physical channel includes one or a combination of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, EPDCCH, PCFICH, PHICH, or Some new standards have the same functions, but different names of channels, such as control channels or data channels introduced in short TTI transmissions.
  • the control information for scheduling the resource blocks may not be carried on the resource blocks.
  • the UE may determine the time domain length of the resource block by demodulating the control information of the resource block or a predefined manner.
  • the UE may jointly supplement the CRS and the first CRS to demodulate information carried on the resource block.
  • the data part of the information does not contain any information, that is, the information carried by the resource block only includes the reference signal part.
  • the UE may perform at least one of the following operations according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, channel characteristic estimation, RRM measurement, CSI measurement, and the like.
  • the UE needs to demodulate the PDCCH before determining whether to receive the PDSCH.
  • the UE demodulates the PDCCH using only the first CRS.
  • the UE demodulates the PDCCH using only the third CRS.
  • the UE needs to jointly use the first CRS and the third CRS to demodulate the PDCCH. It can be understood that the UE needs to determine the number of antenna ports of the third CRS or the antenna port number of the third CRS before using the third CRS.
  • the base station notifies the UE of the power control parameter and the number of antenna ports of the first CRS by using the high layer signaling, and the UE determines the number of antenna ports according to the power control parameter and the first CRS.
  • the base station There is a data power ratio on the symbol of the first CRS and a symbol on the symbol without the first CRS, thereby correctly demodulating the information carried on the resource block by using the channel estimation result obtained by the first CRS.
  • the UE receives signaling for determining a power control parameter sent by the base station, where the signaling may be RRC signaling or media access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling, and the UE according to the signaling Determine the power control information on the resource block.
  • the power control information is specifically a ratio of data power on a symbol having a first CRS and a supplementary CRS and data power on a symbol without a first CRS and a supplementary CRS, and the UE correctly uses the power control information according to the power control information.
  • the channel estimation result obtained by a CRS and a supplementary CRS demodulates information carried on the resource block.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal corresponding to Embodiment 2 of the present invention, and the illustrated method may be performed by a receiving device corresponding to a base station corresponding to Embodiment 2 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, which may include the following steps:
  • the UE receives a resource block that is transmitted by the base station and carries the first DM-RS.
  • the resource block is configured to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data portion and a reference signal portion, the reference signal portion includes the first DM-RS, and the antenna port of the first DM-RS is dedicated to the UE. Demodulate the antenna port.
  • the data part of the information includes control information and/or data information, which is specifically carried on a physical channel
  • the physical channel includes one or a combination of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, EPDCCH, PCFICH, PHICH, or Some new standards have the same functions, but different names of channels, such as control channels or data channels introduced in short TTI transmissions.
  • the control information for scheduling the resource blocks may not be carried on the resource blocks.
  • the UE may determine the time domain length of the resource block by demodulating the control information of the resource block or a predefined manner. The UE may demodulate the information carried on the resource block using the first DM-RS.
  • the data part of the information does not contain any information, that is, the information carried by the resource block only includes the reference signal part.
  • the UE may perform at least one of the following operations according to the first DM-RS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, channel characteristic estimation, and the like.
  • the method for the UE to obtain the antenna port information of the first DM-RS is the same as the method for the base station in the second embodiment of the present invention to obtain the antenna port information of the first DM-RS. , will not repeat them here.
  • the UE determines the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block, and the base station described in Embodiment 2 of the present invention causes the UE to determine the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block.
  • the method is the same and will not be described here.
  • the method for the base station to configure the first DM-RS for the resource block is the same as the method for the base station configured in the second embodiment of the present invention to configure the first DM-RS for the resource block, where Let me repeat.
  • the base station may configure the first CRS for the resource block.
  • the method for the base station to configure the first CRS for the resource block is the same as the method for the base station to configure the first CRS for the resource block in the embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • the base station may configure the first CRS and the second CRS for the resource block.
  • the method for the base station to configure the first CRS and the second CRS for the resource block is the same as the method for the base station to configure the first CRS and the second CRS for the resource block in the second embodiment of the present invention. Narration.
  • the first CRS may be a CRS transmitted on a normal subframe, or may be a CRS transmitted on an MBSFN subframe.
  • the UE demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
  • the UE may perform at least one of the following operations according to the first DM-RS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, channel characteristic estimation, and the like.
  • the information carried on the resource block includes control information and/or data information
  • the UE may perform demodulation on the information carried on the resource block by using the first DM-RS.
  • the UE when the resource block further carries the first CRS and/or the second CRS, the UE may be configured to perform at least one of the following operations in conjunction with the first CRS and/or the second CRS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, and channel Feature estimation, RRM measurement, CSI measurement, etc.
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, which supports short TTI transmission, can serve multiple UEs that support short TTI transmission, and can also serve multiple UEs that do not support short TTI transmission.
  • the base station may include:
  • the first configuration module 1101 is configured to configure a first CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part. ;
  • the information about the antenna port can be notified to the UE in a plurality of manners.
  • the specific notification manner is similar to the related content in the description of the step 301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the data part includes the control information and/or the data information, and the description of the control information and the data information is similar to the related part in the description of the step 301 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the size of the resource block can be configured according to the actual situation.
  • the specific configuration process is similar to the related part in the description of step 301 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first configuration module 1101 is further configured to supplement the CRS for the resource block configuration, and supplement the CRS day.
  • the line port is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
  • the supplementary CRS may include three different situations, that is, the supplementary CRS is the second CRS, the supplementary CRS is the third CRS, and the supplementary CRS is the second CRS and the third CRS, and the second CRS and the first CRS are used. Having the same antenna port, and the antenna port of the third CRS is different from the antenna ports of the first CRS and the second CRS.
  • the first configuration module 1101 may be at least one in the resource block.
  • the antenna port of the first CRS configures the second CRS; when the supplementary CRS is the third CRS, the first configuration module 1101 first determines the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block, and determines the third CRS of the resource block.
  • the antenna port is then configured with a third CRS for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length; the case where the supplementary CRS includes the second CRS and the third CRS is to combine the two cases.
  • the configuration process of the specific three scenarios is similar to the descriptions of the first scenario, the second scenario, and the third scenario in the description of the step 302 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, where the scenario 1 corresponds to the supplementary CRS as the second CRS. Case 2 corresponds to the supplementary CRS as the third CRS, and Case 3 corresponds to the supplementary CRS as the second CRS and the third CRS, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first configuration module 1101 may be further configured to determine a time domain length and a frequency domain length of the resource block, where determining the time domain length of the resource block may include determining that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domains. a symbol, M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14; determining a time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10; one or two of the two methods are used
  • the determination of the frequency domain length of the resource block may include: determining that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is a system.
  • the number of PRBs or RBGs or the number of REs or REGs corresponding to the bandwidth The specific determination process of the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block and the determination of the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block in the description of the second case in the description of the step 302 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. Similar, it will not be repeated here.
  • the first configuration module 1101 is further configured to: when determining the time domain length of the resource block by determining the time domain length of the resource block as the M time domain symbol, the first configuration module 1101 is further configured to:
  • one RE is configured for each antenna port of each third CRS in the antenna port of the at least one third CRS in each PRB in the resource block;
  • M is an integer of not less than 4 and not more than 7, two REs are configured for each of the antenna ports of the third CRS in each of the PRBs in the resource block;
  • an antenna RE of each third CRS of the antenna ports of the at least one third CRS is configured with 4 REs in each PRB within the resource block.
  • the first configuration module 1101 differently configures the number of REs configured for the antenna ports of each third CRS in the antenna ports of the at least one third CRS in each PRB. .
  • the base station further includes a first transceiver module 1102, configured to transmit a resource block, and the reference signal portion of the information carried by the resource block includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS.
  • the first configuration module 1101 is used to implement the content involved in the step 301 and the step 302 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. 3, and the first transceiver module 1102 is used to implement the steps in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. The content involved in 303.
  • the first configuration module 1101 first determines the antenna port information of the first CRS, and after the first CRS is configured by the first configuration module 1101, it is further a resource block.
  • the supplementary CRS is configured, and since the supplementary CRS includes three types, namely, the second CRS, the third CRS, and the second CRS and the third CRS, the second CRS is supplemented because the short TTI mode has to maintain a shorter delay.
  • a CRS has poor demodulation performance for certain data.
  • the third CRS is because the UE overhead of supporting 4 antenna ports and DMRS is large. By properly configuring the third CRS, the overhead of the reference signal in each subframe can be reduced.
  • the configured resource block is sent out by the first transceiver module 1102, so that the UE can receive the resource block, and combines the first CRS and the supplementary CRS to solve the data portion of the resource block information. Tune.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram of an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station that supports short TTI transmission, can serve multiple UEs that support short TTI transmission, and can also serve multiple UEs that do not support short TTI transmission.
  • a second configuration module 1201 configured to determine a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
  • the second configuration module 1201 is further configured to determine a time domain length and a frequency domain length of the resource block, where determining the time domain length of the resource block may include determining that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domains. a symbol, M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14; determining a time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10; one or two of the two methods are used For the joint determination, the determination of the frequency domain length of the resource block may include: determining that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is a system.
  • the number of PRBs or RBGs or the number of REs or REGs corresponding to the bandwidth The specific determination process of the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block and the determination of the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block in the description of the second case in the description of the step 302 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. Similar, it will not be repeated here.
  • the second configuration module 1201 is further configured to configure a first DM-RS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE-dedicated demodulation antenna port;
  • the second configuration module 1201 may further configure Y REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS in the antenna ports of the at least one first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block, where Y is The number of antenna ports that the first DM-RS can support at most, the first DM-RS of different antenna ports uses different reference signal sequences, and the first DM-RSs of different antenna ports occupy the same time-frequency resource.
  • the base station further includes a second transceiver module 1202, configured to transmit a resource block, where the reference signal portion of the information carried by the resource block includes the first DM-RS.
  • the second configuration module 1201 may also configure a first CRS for the resource block configured with the first DM-RS, where the second transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to transmit a resource block, where the reference signal portion of the resource block includes the first DM.
  • the second configuration module 1201 may further reconfigure the second CRS for the resource block configured with the first DM-RS and the first CRS, and the second transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to transmit the resource block.
  • the reference signal portion of the resource block includes a first DM-RS, a first CRS, and a second CRS.
  • the configuration process of the specific first CRS and the second CRS is similar to the related configuration process in the description of the step 702 in the embodiment 2 shown in FIG. 7, and details are not described herein again.
  • the short TTI also affects the first CRS, that is, in order to keep a short delay, the demodulation performance of some data portions on the resource block through the demodulation of the first CRS is deteriorated, so it is necessary to
  • the first CRS layout (the layout of the existing CRS) is adjusted, and the second configuration module 1201 may supplement the second CRS in the resource block to improve the demodulation performance, so that the data portion with poor demodulation performance on the resource block can be combined.
  • the first CRS and the second CRS are demodulated. For details, refer to the related part in the description of the step 702 in the embodiment 2 shown in FIG. 7, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second configuration module 1201 is used to implement the content involved in step 701 and step 702 in the embodiment 2 shown in FIG. 7, and the first transceiver module 1202 is configured to implement the steps in the embodiment 2 shown in FIG. The content involved in 703.
  • the resource block is transmitted in the short TTI mode, if the data part on the resource block still adopts the layout of the original DMRS (that is, the existing DMRS layout), there may be some cases where the resource block has no DMRS, so it is required
  • the new DMRS is added to enable the DMRS on all the resource blocks, and the specific arrangement may be multiple, as long as all the resource blocks have the DMRS.
  • the second configuration module 1201 is configured for the resource block.
  • the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block are first determined, and then the first DM-RS is configured according to the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block, so that all the resource blocks are Both have enough DMRS.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the user equipment according to the embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, which may include:
  • the third transceiver module 1301 is configured to receive a resource block that is transmitted by the base station and that carries the first CRS and the supplementary CRS, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part, and
  • the signal portion includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS, the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the antenna port supplementing the CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
  • the supplementary CRS includes a second CRS and/or a third CRS.
  • the antenna port of the second CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS, and the antenna port of the third CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
  • the type of the supplementary CRS in the resource block received by the third transceiver module 1301 can be divided into three cases, that is, the supplementary CRS is the second CRS, the supplementary CRS is the third CRS, or the supplementary CRS is the second CRS and
  • the third CRS, the configuration procedure of the CRS of the three scenarios may correspond to the three scenarios for supplementing the CRS in the description of step 302 in Embodiment 1 of FIG.
  • the user equipment further includes a first demodulation module 1302, configured to demodulate a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplemental CRS.
  • the specific demodulation process is similar to the demodulation process of the data part in the description of step 902 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and details are not described herein again.
  • the data part may include control information and data information, and the control information and the data information are similar to the related parts in the description of the step 301 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
  • the user equipment may further include:
  • the first determining module 1303 is configured to determine that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 14.
  • the time domain length used to determine the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
  • the first determining module 1303 is further configured to:
  • the frequency domain length of the resource block is determined to be P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  • the first determining module 1303 can determine that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, or determine that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, or when the two are combined with the resource block.
  • the length of the domain is determined.
  • the specific determination process is similar to the determination of the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block in the description of the second case in the description of the step 302 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. Narration.
  • the third transceiver module 1301 is further configured to receive, by the base station, signaling for determining port information and/or power control parameters of an antenna port of the third CRS, where the signaling is RRC signaling or media access control. MAC signaling or physical layer signaling; at this time, the first determining module 1303 further An antenna port and/or power control parameter for determining a third CRS based on signaling.
  • the signaling received by the third transceiver module 1301 may be the same type of signaling or different types of signaling.
  • the signaling of the port information of the antenna port that includes the third CRS may be the same as or different from the signaling of the power control parameter. If the signaling of the same type is used, the third CRS may be separately indicated by independent signaling.
  • the number of antenna ports and the power control parameter of the third CRS may also include the number of antenna ports of the third CRS and the power control parameters of the third CRS in the same signaling.
  • the third transceiver module 1301 is used to implement the content involved in the step 901 in the embodiment 3 shown in FIG. 9.
  • the first demodulation module 1302 is used to implement the step 902 in the embodiment 3 shown in FIG. The content involved.
  • the third transceiver module 1301 after receiving the resource block including the first CRS and the supplementary CRS, the third transceiver module 1301 performs, by the first demodulation module 1302, the data portion of the information of the resource block by using the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  • Demodulation since the first CRS and the supplementary CRS are configured by the base station according to the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block, the first CRS and the supplementary CRS can ensure that the data portion in the resource block can be supplemented by the first CRS and CRS demodulation and has better demodulation performance.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram of an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a user equipment, which may include:
  • the fourth transceiver module 1401 is configured to receive a resource block transmitted by the base station, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part, where the reference signal part includes the first DM-RS,
  • the antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE dedicated demodulation antenna port;
  • the method for the fourth transceiver module 1401 to obtain the antenna port information of the first DM-RS is similar to the method for the base station in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 7 to obtain the antenna port information of the first DM-RS. Let me repeat.
  • the resource block received by the user equipment has a first CRS in addition to the first DM-RS, and the first CRS is configured by the base station, and the first CRS configuration process and the base station in the second embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the process of configuring the first CRS is similar, and is not described here.
  • the resource block received by the user equipment may include, in addition to the first DM-RS and the first CRS, a second CRS, where the first CRS and the second CRS included in the resource block are configured by the base station, the first CRS and
  • the process of configuring the first CRS and the second CRS for the resource block by the base station in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 7 is similar to that of the second CRS configuration process, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first CRS may be a CRS transmitted on a normal subframe, or may be a CRS transmitted on an MBSFN subframe.
  • the second demodulation module 1402 is configured to demodulate the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
  • the second demodulation module 1402 demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, and includes the first DM in the resource block.
  • the second demodulation module 1402 demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, and performs at least one of the following operations according to the first CRS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization
  • the second demodulation module 1402 carries the resource on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, when the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS are included in the resource block.
  • the data portion of the information is demodulated, and the specific second demodulation module 1402 may perform at least one of the following operations in conjunction with the first CRS and/or the second CRS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, channel characteristic estimation, RRM measurement, CSI Measurement, etc.
  • the information carried on the resource block includes control information and/or data information, and the information is specifically carried on a physical channel, where the physical channel includes one or a combination of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, EPDCCH, PCFICH, PHICH,
  • the second demodulation module 1402 can demodulate the information carried on the resource block in conjunction with the first DM-RS.
  • the user equipment further includes:
  • the second determining module 1403 is configured to determine that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 14.
  • the time domain length used to determine the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
  • the second determining module 1403 is further configured to:
  • the frequency domain length of the resource block is determined to be P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  • the second determining module 1403 can determine that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, or determine that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, or when the two are combined with the resource block.
  • the length of the domain is determined.
  • the specific determination process is similar to the determination of the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block in the description of the second case in the description of the step 702 in the embodiment 2 shown in FIG. Narration.
  • the fourth transceiver module 1401 is used to implement the content involved in the step 1001 in the embodiment 4 shown in FIG. 10
  • the second demodulation module 1402 is used to implement the step 1002 in the embodiment 4 shown in FIG. The content involved.
  • the fourth transceiver module 1401 demodulates the data portion of the information of the resource block by using the first DM-RS by the second demodulation module 1402. Since the first DM-RS is configured by the base station according to the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block, the first DM-RS can ensure that the data portion in the resource block can be demodulated by the first DM-RS, and Has better demodulation performance.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication system may include:
  • the base station 1501 is configured to configure a first CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
  • the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
  • the reference signal portion of the information of the resource block includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS;
  • a UE 1502 configured to receive a resource block transmitted by the base station
  • It is further configured to demodulate a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  • the base station 1501 in this embodiment is the same as the base station in the embodiment 5 shown in FIG. 11, that is, the base station 1501 can implement steps 301 to 303 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG.
  • the UE 1502 is the same as the UE in the embodiment 7 shown in FIG. 13, that is, the UE can implement the steps 901 and 902 in the embodiment 3 shown in FIG. 9, that is, the base station 1501 also includes the embodiment 5 shown in FIG.
  • the process of the configuration of the resource block and the issuance of the resource block by the base station, the three scenarios included in the supplementary CRS part of the delivered resource block are similar to the three scenarios included in the base station in the embodiment 5 shown in FIG. 11, and the UE 1502 receives the resource.
  • the demodulation process performed by the block and the data portion of the information of the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS in the resource block is similar to the received resource block and demodulation process of the UE in Embodiment 7 of FIG. No longer repeat them.
  • FIG. 16 is a communication according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • An embodiment of the system, as shown in FIG. 16, the communication system can include:
  • the base station 1601 is configured to determine a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
  • the antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE dedicated demodulation antenna port
  • the reference signal portion of the information of the resource block includes a first DM-RS
  • a UE 1602 configured to receive a resource block
  • It is further configured to demodulate a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
  • the base station 1601 in this embodiment is the same as the base station in the embodiment 6 shown in FIG. 12, and the UE 1602 in this embodiment is the same as the UE in the embodiment 8 shown in FIG. 10, step 1001 and step 1002 in the embodiment 4, the base station 1601 can implement steps 701 to 703 in the embodiment 2 shown in FIG. 7, that is, the base station 1601 also includes the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the process of the configuration of the resource block and the delivery of the resource block by the base station in 6 is the same as the three scenarios included in the base station in the embodiment 6 shown in FIG.
  • the reference signal is the first DM-RS
  • the reference signal is the first DM-RS and the first CRS
  • the reference signal is the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS
  • the UE 1602 receives the resource block and according to Demodulation process of the first DM-RS or the first DM-RS and the first CRS in the resource block, or the data portion of the information of the resource block by the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS
  • the receiving resource block of the UE in the embodiment 7 shown in FIG. 13 is similar to the demodulation process, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram of an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention, where the base station 17 may include at least one processor 1701 each connected to a bus. At least one receiver 1702 and at least one transmitter 1703, the base station according to an embodiment of the present invention may have more or less components than those shown in FIG. 17, may combine two or more components, or may have different The components may be configured or arranged in a combination of hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the processor 1701 can implement the function of the first configuration module 1101 in the embodiment 5 shown in FIG. 11, and the receiver 1702 and the transmitter 1703 can be combined.
  • the processor 1701 can implement the function of the second configuration module 1201 in the embodiment 6 shown in FIG. 12, and the receiver 1702 and the transmitter 1703 can be combined to implement the embodiment shown in FIG. The function of the second transceiver module 1202.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram of an embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention, where the user equipment 18 may include at least one processing that is connected to the bus.
  • the base station according to the embodiment of the present invention may have more or less components than those shown in FIG. 18, and may combine two or more components, or There may be different component configurations or arrangements, each component being implemented in hardware, software or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • the processor 1801 can implement the functions of the first demodulation module 1302 and the first determining module 1303 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13, the receiver 1802.
  • the function of the third transceiver module 1301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 can be implemented in combination with the transmitter 1803.
  • the processor 1801 can implement the functions of the second demodulation module 1402 and the second determining module 1403 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 , and the receiver 1802 and the transmitter 1803 can realize the implementation of FIG. 13 .
  • the function of the fourth transceiver module 1401 in the embodiment is shown.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium.
  • a number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides a reference signal transmission method, user equipment, base station, and system. The method comprises: a base station configures a first cell-specific reference signal (CRS) for a resource block, wherein the first CRS is indicative of a cell-specific antenna port, the resource block is configured to contain information corresponding to a transmission between a base station and user equipment (UE), and the information comprises a data part and a reference signal part; the base station configures a supplementary CRS for the resource block, wherein the supplementary CRS is indicative of an antenna port identical or different from the antenna port indicated by the first CRS; and the base station transmits the resource block containing the information comprising the reference signal part comprising the first CRS and the supplementary CRS. When a short transmission time interval (TTI) transmission is adopted, since some of the data part in the resource block with respect to a layout of the first CRS can only be demodulated by CRS extrapolation, demodulation performance is worse. The embodiments of the invention can enable UE to perform demodulation using a supplementary CRS on a symbol that was only be able to be demodulated by CRS extrapolation in the prior art, by providing the supplementary CRS in the resource block, thereby enhancing demodulation performance.

Description

一种参考信号的传输方法、用户设备、基站及系统Reference signal transmission method, user equipment, base station and system 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及LTE通信领域,尤其涉及的是一种参考信号的传输方法、用户设备、基站及系统。The present invention relates to the field of LTE communications, and in particular, to a method for transmitting a reference signal, a user equipment, a base station, and a system.
背景技术Background technique
移动网络中时延是网络的关键绩效指标(Key Performance Indicator,KPI),直接影响着用户的体验。不断出现的新业务(如车联网业务)也对时延提出越来越高的要求。比如,一些端到端的业务对时延的需求如下:The delay in the mobile network is the key performance indicator (KPI) of the network, which directly affects the user experience. New and emerging businesses, such as the Internet of Vehicles business, are also placing increasing demands on latency. For example, some end-to-end business requirements for latency are as follows:
在运动交互类游戏中的事件触发对时延的需求为小于25ms;在自动驾驶中的汽车与汽车之间(Car-to-car)的通信对时延的需求为小于30ms;在远端控制中的来回时间(Round-Trip Time,RTT)对时延的需求为小于50ms;在智能电网电力自动化保护中对时延的需求为小于8ms;在公共安全中呼叫建立对时延的需求为小于300ms,而端到端(End To End,E2E)媒体文件传输对时延的需求为小于150ms。The event triggering in the motion interaction game requires less than 25ms; the car-to-car communication in autonomous driving requires less than 30ms of delay; at the remote control The Round-Trip Time (RTT) requires less than 50ms of delay; the demand for delay in smart grid power automation is less than 8ms; the requirement for delay in call setup in public security is less than 300ms, and end-to-end (E2E) media file transfer requires less than 150ms of latency.
移动通信标准的演进过程中也在不断努力降低时延,空口技术上对时延影响最明显的物理层的调度间隔在宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)是10ms,到高速分组接入(High-Speed Packet Access,HSPA)缩短到2ms,到长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)或长期演进增强(LTE Advanced,LTE-A)的传输时间间隔(Transmission Time Interval,TTI)缩短到1ms。小时延的业务需求导致LTE物理层需要引入短传输时间间隔Short-TTI帧结构,进一步缩短调度间隔,例如,TTI可以从1ms缩短为1时域符号到0.5ms之间。其中,上述提及的时域符号可以是LTE系统中的一个正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符号。In the evolution of the mobile communication standard, efforts are also being made to reduce the delay. The scheduling interval of the physical layer that has the most obvious impact on the delay in the air interface technology is 10 ms in the Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) to the high speed. The High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA) is shortened to 2ms, and the Transmission Time Interval (TTI) of Long Term Evolution (LTE) or Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) is shortened. To 1ms. The LTE physical layer needs to introduce a short transmission time interval Short-TTI frame structure to further shorten the scheduling interval. For example, the TTI can be shortened from 1 ms to 1 time domain symbol to 0.5 ms. The time domain symbol mentioned above may be an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in an LTE system.
在1个子帧的时长(1ms)包含14个时域符号,如果基站在下行链路的时域符号3向用户设备传输数据,用户设备(User Equipment,UE)会在上行链路的时域符号7反馈,基站会在时域符号11上接收到反馈,此时从基站发出 数据到接收反馈的时长为8个时域符号,约为0.57ms,相对于1ms TTI传输,时延大大缩短。The duration (1 ms) of one subframe includes 14 time domain symbols. If the base station transmits data to the user equipment in the time domain symbol 3 of the downlink, the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) will be in the time domain symbol of the uplink. 7 feedback, the base station will receive feedback on the time domain symbol 11, at this time from the base station The length of data to receive feedback is 8 time domain symbols, which is about 0.57ms. Compared with 1ms TTI transmission, the delay is greatly shortened.
然而,若短TTI的长度只有1个到2个时域符号,当采用CRS解调的传输模式时,为了减小时延,短TTI传输只能利用被调度符号之前出现的CRS来进行信道估计,对于有些时域符号,例如时域符号3和6等,只能通过CRS的外插来获得该时域符号上的信道信息,从而不能满足高速、高阶调制场景下的解调需求。However, if the length of the short TTI is only one to two time domain symbols, when the transmission mode of CRS demodulation is adopted, in order to reduce the delay, the short TTI transmission can only use the CRS appearing before the scheduled symbol to perform channel estimation. For some time domain symbols, such as time domain symbols 3 and 6, etc., the channel information on the time domain symbol can only be obtained by extrapolation of the CRS, thereby failing to meet the demodulation requirements in high speed and high order modulation scenarios.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种参考信号的传输方法、用户设备、基站及系统,能够使得一些采用第一CRS进行信道估计时性能不好的时域符号能够通过该补充CRS提高信道估计精度,从而能够在高速或高阶调制场景下提高短TTI传输的解调性能。The embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, a user equipment, a base station, and a system, which can enable some time domain symbols with poor performance when using the first CRS for channel estimation, thereby improving channel estimation accuracy by using the supplementary CRS, thereby It can improve the demodulation performance of short TTI transmission in high speed or high order modulation scenarios.
有鉴于此,本发明实施例第一方面提供一种参考信号的传输方法,可包括:首先,基站为资源块配置第一CRS,该第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,该资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,该信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;其中,第一CRS的天线端口指的是传输第一CRS的天线端口,例如若传输第一CRS的天线端口为端口0和端口1,则对于基站来说,通过端口0和端口1发出该第一CRS,对于UE来说,通过端口0和端口1接收该第一CRS。In this regard, the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, which may include: first, a base station configures a first CRS for a resource block, where an antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is For transmitting information transmitted between the base station and the UE, the information includes a data part and a reference signal part; wherein the antenna port of the first CRS refers to an antenna port that transmits the first CRS, for example, if the antenna port of the first CRS is transmitted For port 0 and port 1, for the base station, the first CRS is sent through port 0 and port 1, and for the UE, the first CRS is received through port 0 and port 1.
其次,基站为资源块再配置补充CRS,补充CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口为相同或不同的天线端口;对于资源块来说,现有技术中CRS的布局(即第一CRS的布局)虽然能对资源块上的数据部分进行解调,但是由于采用了短TTI模式,尤其是短TTI的长度只有一到两个符号时,为了减少时延的影响,对于资源块上的一些资源单元上的数据,例如符号3和符号10只能通过CRS的外插来获得该符号上的信道信息,而由于离符号3最近的包含CRS的符号的距离可能是三个符号或以上,在高速、高阶调制场景下的解调性能有影响,因此,可通过在资源块内布局补充CRS使得UE对这类通过CRS的外插进行解调的符号能够通过补充CRS进行解调。 Second, the base station reconfigures the supplemental CRS for the resource block, and supplements the antenna port of the CRS with the same or different antenna port of the antenna port of the first CRS; for the resource block, the layout of the CRS in the prior art (ie, the first CRS Layout) Although the data portion of the resource block can be demodulated, since the short TTI mode is adopted, especially when the length of the short TTI is only one or two symbols, in order to reduce the influence of delay, for some of the resource blocks Data on a resource unit, such as symbol 3 and symbol 10, can only obtain channel information on the symbol by extrapolation of the CRS, and since the distance from the symbol containing the CRS closest to symbol 3 may be three symbols or more, The demodulation performance in high-speed, high-order modulation scenarios has an impact. Therefore, the CRS can be supplemented by the layout in the resource block so that the UE can demodulate such a symbol demodulated by the extrapolation of the CRS by supplementing the CRS.
最后,基站传输资源块。该资源块承载的所述信息的参考信号部分包括第一CRS和补充CRS,UE在接收到该资源块后,该资源块上承载的信息中的数据部分能够被该资源块上承载的第一CRS和补充CRS解调,从而提高解调性能。Finally, the base station transmits resource blocks. The reference signal part of the information carried by the resource block includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS, and after receiving the resource block, the data part of the information carried on the resource block can be first carried by the resource block. CRS and supplemental CRS demodulation to improve demodulation performance.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,补充CRS可包括第二CRS,即在第一CRS不足的情况下,能够在资源块内补充与第一CRS的具有相同天线端口的第二CRS基站为资源块配置补充CRS包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the supplementary CRS may include a second CRS, that is, in the case that the first CRS is insufficient, the same can be added in the resource block as the first CRS. The second CRS base station of the antenna port supplements the CRS for the resource block configuration, including:
基站在资源块内为至少一个第一CRS的天线端口配置第二CRS。例如第一CRS的天线端口有端口0和端口1,在配置第二CRS时,可仅在端口0上进行配置,而不考虑端口1,或是仅在端口1上配置而不考虑端口0,再或是在两个端口上均进行配置。The base station configures a second CRS for the antenna port of the at least one first CRS within the resource block. For example, the antenna port of the first CRS has port 0 and port 1. When the second CRS is configured, it can be configured only on port 0, regardless of port 1, or only on port 1 regardless of port 0. Or configure it on both ports.
可以看出,作为对第一CRS不足时的补充;此情形下,仅需要第一CRS的天线端口作为传输第一CRS和第二CRS的传输端口即可,通常由于第一CRS已有固定方式布置在资源块中,仅需要补充少量的第二CRS即可实现资源块上需要通过CRS外插解调的数据能够联合第一CRS和第二CRS解调。It can be seen that, as a supplement to the case that the first CRS is insufficient, in this case, only the antenna port of the first CRS is required as the transmission port for transmitting the first CRS and the second CRS, usually because the first CRS has a fixed manner. Arranged in the resource block, only a small number of second CRSs need to be added to realize that the data on the resource block that needs to be demodulated by CRS extrapolation can be combined with the first CRS and the second CRS demodulation.
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,补充CRS还包括第三CRS,补充CRS天线端口为第三CRS天线端口,第三CRS天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口为不同的天线端口。在资源块内补充有第二CRS之后,在某些情况下,UE具有比第一CRS的天线端口更多的天线端口,此时补充CRS可包括第三CRS,该第三CRS是可以是UE专有的参考信号,或可以是小区专有的参考信号,或可以是小区内某一个组,例如所有支持短TTI的UE可以识别的参考信号,通过不同于第一CRS的天线端口传输第三CRS,从而满足此类UE的解调。In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the supplementary CRS further includes a third CRS, the supplementary CRS antenna port is a third CRS antenna port, and the third CRS antenna The port is different from the antenna port of the first CRS. After the second CRS is supplemented in the resource block, in some cases, the UE has more antenna ports than the antenna ports of the first CRS, and the supplementary CRS may include a third CRS, which may be a UE. The proprietary reference signal may be a cell-specific reference signal, or may be a certain group in the cell, for example, a reference signal that can be identified by all UEs supporting short TTI, and transmitting a third through an antenna port different from the first CRS. CRS to satisfy the demodulation of such UEs.
基站为资源块配置通补充CRS还包括:The base station supplementing the CRS for the resource block configuration further includes:
基站确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度;The base station determines a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block;
基站确定资源块的第三CRS天线端口;The base station determines a third CRS antenna port of the resource block;
基站在资源块内根据时域长度和/或频域长度为至少一个第三CRS天线端口配置第三CRS。The base station configures a third CRS for the at least one third CRS antenna port according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length within the resource block.
此类第三CRS在资源块内配置时需要考虑到资源块的时域长度和/或频域 长度,即需要知道资源块的时域长度到底为几个时域符号,频域长度为多少个PRB,每个PRB包括12个子载波,而后对应第三CRS的天线端口进行配置。Such a third CRS needs to take into account the time domain length and/or frequency domain of the resource block when configured in the resource block. The length, that is, the length of the time domain of the resource block needs to be several time domain symbols, and the number of PRBs in the frequency domain is long. Each PRB includes 12 subcarriers, and then the antenna port corresponding to the third CRS is configured.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,补充CRS包括第三CRS,补充CRS天线端口为第三CRS天线端口,第三CRS天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口为不同的天线端口;With reference to the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the supplementary CRS includes a third CRS, the supplementary CRS antenna port is a third CRS antenna port, and the third CRS antenna port and the antenna port of the first CRS are Different antenna ports;
基站为资源块配置通过补充CRS天线端口传输的补充CRS包括:The base station configures the supplemental CRS transmitted by the supplemental CRS antenna port for the resource block including:
基站确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度;The base station determines a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block;
基站确定资源块的CRS天线端口,CRS天线端口包括第一CRS的天线端口和第三CRS天线端口;The base station determines a CRS antenna port of the resource block, where the CRS antenna port includes an antenna port of the first CRS and a third CRS antenna port;
基站在资源块内为至少一个第三CRS天线端口配置第三CRS。具体第三CRS需要配置的原因以及配置要求可参见第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式。The base station configures a third CRS for the at least one third CRS antenna port within the resource block. For the reason why the specific third CRS needs to be configured and the configuration requirements, refer to the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,基站确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度中,基站确定时域长度的方式至少具有以下两种;In conjunction with the second possible implementation of the first aspect or the third possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation of the first aspect, the base station determines the time domain length of the resource block and/or In the frequency domain length, the manner in which the base station determines the time domain length has at least the following two types;
一种是基站确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;资源块的长度按照时域符号的个数进行划分。另一种是基站确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;资源块的长度按照子帧长度的整数倍进行划分。One is that the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14; the length of the resource block is divided according to the number of time domain symbols. The other is that the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 10; the length of the resource block is divided according to an integer multiple of the subframe length.
基站确定资源块的频域长度方式至少具有以下方式:The manner in which the base station determines the frequency domain length of the resource block has at least the following manner:
基站确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。即频域长度可以是PRB的整数倍,RBG的整数倍,RE的整数倍或是REG的整数倍,具体划分可预先进行定义。The base station determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRB or RBG or RE or REG, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth. That is, the frequency domain length may be an integer multiple of the PRB, an integer multiple of the RBG, an integer multiple of the RE or an integer multiple of the REG, and the specific division may be defined in advance.
结合第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,基站确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,当M为不小于1且不大于3的整数时,基站在资源块内为至少一个第三CRS天线端口配置第三CRS,包括:With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, where M is not less than 1 and not When the integer is greater than 3, the base station configures the third CRS for the at least one third CRS antenna port in the resource block, including:
基站在资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第三CRS天线端口中的每个第三CRS天线端口配置1个RE; The base station configures one RE for each third CRS antenna port of the at least one third CRS antenna port in each PRB in the resource block;
或,or,
当M为不小于4且不大于7的整数时,基站在资源块内为至少一个第三CRS天线端口配置第三CRS,包括:When M is an integer of not less than 4 and not more than 7, the base station configures the third CRS for the at least one third CRS antenna port in the resource block, including:
基站在资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第三CRS天线端口中的每个第三CRS天线端口配置2个RE;The base station configures 2 REs for each third CRS antenna port of the at least one third CRS antenna port in each PRB in the resource block;
或,or,
当M为不小于8且不大于14的整数时,基站在资源块内为至少一个第三CRS天线端口配置第三CRS,包括:When the M is an integer that is not less than 8 and not greater than 14, the base station configures the third CRS for the at least one third CRS antenna port in the resource block, including:
基站在资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置4个RE。The base station configures 4 REs for each of the antenna ports of the third CRS in each of the PRBs in each of the PRBs in the resource block.
可以看出,在以时域符号的个数作为资源块的时域长度时,按照时域长度的不同,为每个PRB里为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置不同数量的RE。It can be seen that when the number of time domain symbols is used as the time domain length of the resource block, each third CRS of the antenna ports of at least one third CRS in each PRB is different according to the length of the time domain. The antenna port is configured with a different number of REs.
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In combination with the second possible implementation of the first aspect or the third possible implementation of the first aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the first aspect or the fifth possible implementation of the first aspect, In a sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
基站通过信令发送第三CRS的天线端口数和/或功率控制参数,信令为无线资源控制RRC信令或者媒体接入控制MAC信令或者物理层信令。The base station sends the number of antenna ports and/or power control parameters of the third CRS by using signaling, which is radio resource control RRC signaling or media access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling.
需要说明的是,发送的第三CRS的天线端口数和第三CRS的功率控制参数可以由相同类型的信令或是不同类型的信令发送,若采用相同类型的信令发送时,可用独立信令分别指示第三CRS的天线端口数和第三CRS的功率控制参数,也可在同一信令中同时包括第三CRS的天线端口数和第三CRS的功率控制参数。It should be noted that the number of antenna ports of the third CRS and the power control parameters of the third CRS may be sent by the same type of signaling or different types of signaling. If the same type of signaling is used, the independent can be used. The signaling indicates the number of antenna ports of the third CRS and the power control parameter of the third CRS, and may also include the number of antenna ports of the third CRS and the power control parameters of the third CRS in the same signaling.
可以看出,信令可采用多种不同方式,例如是无线资源控制RRC信令或者媒体接入控制MAC信令或者物理层信令等。It can be seen that the signaling can be implemented in a variety of different manners, such as radio resource control RRC signaling or media access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling.
本发明实施例第二方面还提供一种参考信号的传输方法,可包括:基站确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,所述信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;The second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention further provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, which may include: determining, by a base station, a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where The information includes a data portion and a reference signal portion;
基站为资源块配置通过第一DM-RS天线端口传输的第一DM-RS,所述参 考信号部分包括所述第一DM-RS;The base station configures, for the resource block, the first DM-RS transmitted through the first DM-RS antenna port, where the reference The test signal portion includes the first DM-RS;
基站传输该资源块,该资源块上承载的信息的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS。The base station transmits the resource block, and the reference signal portion of the information carried on the resource block includes the first DM-RS.
通过此方式进行配置第一DM-RS,能够满足短TTI传输的情形下进行DMRS的传输。By configuring the first DM-RS in this manner, the DMRS transmission can be performed in the case of short TTI transmission.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,基站确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度中,基站确定资源块的时域长度包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the determining, by the base station, the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block, the determining, by the base station, the time domain length of the resource block includes:
基站确定资源块的时域长度为M个正交频分复用时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;The base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M orthogonal frequency division multiplexing time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
和/或,and / or,
基站确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;The base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
基站确定资源块的频域长度包括:The base station determines the frequency domain length of the resource block, including:
基站确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。即频域长度可以是PRB的整数倍,RBG的整数倍,RE的整数倍或是REG的整数倍,具体划分可预先进行定义。The base station determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRB or RBG or RE or REG, P is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth. That is, the frequency domain length may be an integer multiple of the PRB, an integer multiple of the RBG, an integer multiple of the RE or an integer multiple of the REG, and the specific division may be defined in advance.
基站确定资源块的时域长度和频域长度与第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式类似。The base station determines that the time domain length and frequency domain length of the resource block are similar to the third possible implementation of the first aspect.
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the second aspect, in a second possible implementation of the second aspect,
所述基站为所述资源块配置第一DM-RS,包括:Configuring, by the base station, the first DM-RS for the resource block, including:
所述基站在所述资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个所述第一DM-RS的天线端口中的每个第一DM-RS的天线端口配置Y个RE,其中,Y为第一DM-RS最多可支持的天线端口个数,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS使用不同的参考信号序列,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源。结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:The base station configures Y REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS of the antenna ports of the first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block, where Y is the first The number of antenna ports that the DM-RS can support at most. The first DM-RS of different antenna ports uses different reference signal sequences, and the first DM-RS of different antenna ports occupies the same time-frequency resource. With reference to the second aspect, or the first possible implementation of the second aspect, or the second possible implementation of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
基站为资源块配置第一CRS,该第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端 口,该参考信号部分包括该第一CRS;The base station configures a first CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna end Port, the reference signal portion includes the first CRS;
基站传输该资源块,该资源块的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS包括:The base station transmits the resource block, where the reference signal portion of the resource block includes the first DM-RS, including:
基站传输资源块,该资源块的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS和第一CRS。The base station transmits a resource block, and the reference signal portion of the resource block includes a first DM-RS and a first CRS.
可以看出,在一些情况中,第一DM-RS与第一CRS是共存的,即对于一个资源块内的数据,需要第一DM-RS和第一CRS进行解调。It can be seen that in some cases, the first DM-RS and the first CRS are coexisting, that is, for data within one resource block, the first DM-RS and the first CRS are required for demodulation.
结合第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In conjunction with the third possible implementation of the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation of the second aspect, the method further includes:
基站根据至少一个第一CRS的天线端口为资源块配置第二CRS;The base station configures a second CRS for the resource block according to the antenna port of the at least one first CRS;
基站传输资源块,该资源块的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS和第一CRS包括:The base station transmits a resource block, where the reference signal portion of the resource block includes the first DM-RS and the first CRS includes:
基站传输资源块,该资源块的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS。The base station transmits a resource block, and the reference signal portion of the resource block includes a first DM-RS, a first CRS, and a second CRS.
在一些情况中,第一CRS的布局导致一些资源块上的本应由第一CRS解调的数据解调性能不好,因此需要额外补充采用第一CRS的天线端口传输的第二CRS,该第二CRS的端口数可以与第一CRS的端口数相同,也可以少于第一CRS的端口数。In some cases, the layout of the first CRS results in poor demodulation performance of data on the resource blocks that should be demodulated by the first CRS, and therefore requires additional supplementation of the second CRS transmitted by the antenna port of the first CRS, which The number of ports of the second CRS may be the same as the number of ports of the first CRS, or may be less than the number of ports of the first CRS.
本发明实施例第三方面还提供一种参考信号的传输方法,该方法可包括:UE接收基站传输的资源块,其中,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分,参考信号部分包括第一CRS和补充CRS,第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,补充CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同;A third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention further provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, where the method may include: receiving, by a UE, a resource block transmitted by a base station, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part. And a reference signal portion, the reference signal portion includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS, the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the antenna port supplementing the CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
UE根据第一CRS和补充CRS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。The UE demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
可以看出,对应于第一方面的基站配置出的承载有第一CRS和补充CRS的资源块,UE在接收到该资源块之后会通过第一CRS和补充CRS对资源块上的信息的数据部分进行解调。It can be seen that the resource block carrying the first CRS and the supplementary CRS configured by the base station corresponding to the first aspect, after receiving the resource block, the UE passes the data of the information on the resource block by using the first CRS and the supplementary CRS. Partially demodulated.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,补充CRS包括第二CRS和/或第三CRS,第二CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同,第三CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口不相同。 With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the supplementary CRS includes a second CRS and/or a third CRS, the antenna port of the second CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS, and the third CRS The antenna port is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
可以看出,补充CRS具有三种不同的情形,即补充CRS为第二CRS、第三CRS或是第二CRS和第三CRS,这三种情况中,第二CRS与第一CRS类似,可解调对应的信息的数据部分,第三CRS则需联合第一CRS才可解调对应的信息的数据部分。It can be seen that the supplementary CRS has three different situations, that is, the supplementary CRS is the second CRS, the third CRS, or the second CRS and the third CRS. In the three cases, the second CRS is similar to the first CRS. The data portion of the corresponding information is demodulated, and the third CRS needs to combine the first CRS to demodulate the data portion of the corresponding information.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括,With reference to the third aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes
UE确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,其中,UE确定资源块的时域长度包括:The UE determines a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the UE determines that the time domain length of the resource block includes:
UE确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;The UE determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
和/或,and / or,
基站确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;The base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
UE确定资源块的频域长度包括:The UE determines the frequency domain length of the resource block to include:
UE确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。The UE determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
可以看出,资源块的时域长度的确定和频域长度的确定与第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式,以及第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式类似。It can be seen that the determination of the time domain length of the resource block and the determination of the frequency domain length are similar to the fourth possible implementation of the first aspect, and the first possible implementation of the second aspect.
结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the third aspect or the second possible implementation of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes:
UE接收基站发送的用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息和/或功率控制参数的信令,信令为无线资源控制RRC信令或者媒体接入控制MAC信令或者物理层信令;Receiving, by the UE, signaling for determining port information and/or power control parameters of an antenna port of the third CRS, where the signaling is radio resource control RRC signaling or media access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling;
UE根据信令确定第三CRS的天线端口和/或功率控制参数。The UE determines an antenna port and/or power control parameter of the third CRS according to the signaling.
UE通过接收基站的信令获知第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息和/或功率控制参数,并能够采用这些端口信息和功率控制参数对资源块内的信息的数据部分进行解调。The UE learns the port information and/or the power control parameter of the antenna port of the third CRS by receiving the signaling of the base station, and can demodulate the data portion of the information in the resource block by using the port information and the power control parameter.
本发明第四方面还提供一种参考信号的传输方法,该方法可包括: A fourth aspect of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, where the method may include:
UE接收基站传输的资源块,其中,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分,参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS,第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口;The UE receives the resource block transmitted by the base station, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, the information includes a data part and a reference signal part, and the reference signal part includes the first DM-RS, and the antenna of the first DM-RS The port is a UE dedicated demodulation antenna port;
UE根据第一DM-RS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。The UE demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
可以看出,对应于第二方面的基站配置出的承载有第一DM-RS的资源块,UE在接收到该资源块之后会通过第一DM-RS对资源块上的信息的数据部分进行解调。It can be seen that, corresponding to the resource block of the first DM-RS configured by the base station of the second aspect, after receiving the resource block, the UE performs the data part of the information on the resource block by using the first DM-RS. demodulation.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括,With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the method further includes
UE确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,其中,UE确定资源块的时域长度包括:The UE determines a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the UE determines that the time domain length of the resource block includes:
UE确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;The UE determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
和/或,and / or,
所述基站确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,所述N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;The base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and the N is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 10.
UE确定资源块的频域长度包括:The UE determines the frequency domain length of the resource block to include:
UE确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。The UE determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
可以看出,资源块的时域长度的确定和频域长度的确定与第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式类似。It can be seen that the determination of the time domain length of the resource block and the determination of the frequency domain length are similar to the second possible implementation of the third aspect.
结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the method further includes:
参考信号部分还包括第一CRS,资源块上还承载第一CRS;The reference signal part further includes a first CRS, and the resource block also carries the first CRS;
UE根据第一DM-RS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调包括:Demodulating, by the UE, the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS includes:
UE根据第一DM-RS和第一CRS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。The UE demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS and the first CRS.
可以看出,对应第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式配置的承载有第一DM-RS和第一CRS的资源块,UE通过第一DM-RS和第一CRS对该资源块 上的信息的数据部分进行解调。It can be seen that, corresponding to the third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the resource block that carries the first DM-RS and the first CRS is configured, and the UE uses the first DM-RS and the first CRS to the resource block. The data portion of the information is demodulated.
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,方法还包括:In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the fourth aspect, or the second possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the method further includes:
参考信号部分还包括第一CRS和第二CRS,资源块上还承载第一CRS和第二CRS,;The reference signal portion further includes a first CRS and a second CRS, where the resource block further carries the first CRS and the second CRS,
UE根据第一DM-RS对资源块上承载的信息进行解调包括:The UE demodulates the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, including:
UE根据第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。The UE demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS.
可以看出,对应第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式配置的承载有第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS的资源块,UE通过第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS对该资源块上的信息的数据部分进行解调。It can be seen that, corresponding to the fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the resource block carrying the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS is configured, and the UE passes the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the first The two CRS demodulates the data portion of the information on the resource block.
本发明实施例第五方面还提供一种基站,可包括:The fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention further provides a base station, which may include:
第一配置模块,用于为资源块配置第一CRS,第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;a first configuration module, configured to configure a first CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
第一配置模块还用于为资源块配置补充CRS,补充CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同;The first configuration module is further configured to configure a supplementary CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
第一收发模块,用于传输资源块,资源块承载的信息的参考信号部分包括第一CRS和补充CRS。The first transceiver module is configured to transmit a resource block, and the reference signal portion of the information carried by the resource block includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS.
可以理解的是,该基站可实现第一方面提供的参考信号的传输方法。It can be understood that the base station can implement the transmission method of the reference signal provided by the first aspect.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,补充CRS包括第二CRS,补充CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同;With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the supplementary CRS includes a second CRS, and the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS;
第一配置模块具体用于:The first configuration module is specifically used to:
在资源块内为至少一个第一CRS的天线端口配置第二CRS。A second CRS is configured within the resource block for the antenna port of the at least one first CRS.
可以理解的是,该实现方式中的第一配置模块用于实现第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the first configuration module in this implementation is used to implement the method involved in the first possible implementation of the first aspect.
结合第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,补充CRS还包括第三CRS,补充CRS的天线端口为第三CRS的天线端口,第三CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口不相同; With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the supplementary CRS further includes a third CRS, the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is an antenna port of the third CRS, and the third The antenna port of the CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
第一配置模块具体用于:The first configuration module is specifically used to:
确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度;Determining the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block;
确定资源块的第三CRS的天线端口;Determining an antenna port of a third CRS of the resource block;
在资源块内根据时域长度和/或频域长度为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS。A third CRS is configured within the resource block for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length.
可以理解的是,该实现方式中的第一配置模块可以实现第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the first configuration module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,补充CRS包括第三CRS,补充CRS的天线端口为第三CRS的天线端口,第三CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口不相同;With reference to the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the supplementary CRS includes a third CRS, the antenna port of the supplemental CRS is an antenna port of the third CRS, and the antenna port of the third CRS is coupled to the first CRS. The antenna ports are not the same;
第一配置模块具体用于:The first configuration module is specifically used to:
确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度;Determining the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block;
确定资源块的第三CRS的天线端口;Determining an antenna port of a third CRS of the resource block;
在资源块内根据时域长度和/或频域长度为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS。A third CRS is configured within the resource block for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length.
可以理解的是,该实现方式中的第一配置模块可以实现第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the first configuration module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the third possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
结合第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,第一配置模块具体用于:With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect or the third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first configuration module is specifically configured to:
确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;Determining the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
和/或,and / or,
确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;Determining that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
第一配置模块还具体用于:The first configuration module is also specifically used to:
确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。The frequency domain length of the resource block is determined to be P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
可以理解的是,该实现方式中的第一配置模块可以实现第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。 It can be understood that the first configuration module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
结合第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,第一配置模块具体用于:With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and the first configuration module is specifically configured to:
当M为不小于1且不大于3的整数时,在资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置1个RE;When M is an integer not less than 1 and not more than 3, one RE is configured for each antenna port of each third CRS in the antenna port of the at least one third CRS in each PRB in the resource block;
或,or,
当M为不小于4且不大于7的整数时,在资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置2个RE;When M is an integer of not less than 4 and not more than 7, two REs are configured for each of the antenna ports of the third CRS in each of the PRBs in the resource block;
或,or,
当M为不小于8且不大于14的整数时,在资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置4个RE。When M is an integer of not less than 8 and not more than 14, an antenna RE of each third CRS of the antenna ports of the at least one third CRS is configured with 4 REs in each PRB within the resource block.
可以理解的是,该实现方式中的第一配置模块可以实现第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the first configuration module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
结合第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,第一收发模块还用于:With reference to the second possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the third possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the fifth possible implementation of the fifth aspect, In a sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first transceiver module is further configured to:
通过信令发送用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息和/或功率控制参数,信令为无线资源控制RRC信令或者媒体接入控制MAC信令或者物理层信令。Transmitting, by signaling, port information and/or power control parameters for determining an antenna port of the third CRS, the signaling is radio resource control RRC signaling or medium access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling.
可以理解的是,该实现方式中的第一收发模块可以实现第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the first transceiver module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
本发明实施例第六方面还提供一种基站,可包括:A sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a base station, which may include:
第二配置模块,用于确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;a second configuration module, configured to determine a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
第二配置模块还用于为资源块配置第一DM-RS,第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口;The second configuration module is further configured to configure a first DM-RS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE dedicated demodulation antenna port;
第二收发模块,用于传输资源块,资源块承载的信息的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS。The second transceiver module is configured to transmit a resource block, where the reference signal portion of the information carried by the resource block includes the first DM-RS.
可以理解的是,该基站可以实现第二方面提供的参考信号的传输方法。It can be understood that the base station can implement the transmission method of the reference signal provided by the second aspect.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,第二配置模块具 体用于:With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the second configuration module Body for:
确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;Determining the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
和/或,and / or,
确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;Determining that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
第二配置模块还具体用于:The second configuration module is also specifically used to:
确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。The frequency domain length of the resource block is determined to be P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
可以理解的是,该第二配置模块可以实现第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the second configuration module can implement the method involved in the first possible implementation of the second aspect.
结合第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,第二配置模块具体用于:With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the second configuration module is specifically configured to:
在资源块内的每个PRB内为至少一个第一DM-RS的天线端口中的每个第一DM-RS的天线端口配置Y个RE,其中,Y为第一DM-RS最多可支持的天线端口个数,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS使用不同的参考信号序列,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源。Configuring Y REs for each of the antenna ports of the at least one first DM-RS in each PRB within the resource block, where Y is the maximum supported by the first DM-RS The number of antenna ports, the first DM-RS of different antenna ports uses different reference signal sequences, and the first DM-RSs of different antenna ports occupy the same time-frequency resource.
可以理解的是,该第二配置模块可以实现第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the second configuration module can implement the method involved in the second possible implementation of the second aspect.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,第二配置模块还用于:With reference to the sixth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the second configuration module is further used to :
为资源块配置第一CRS,第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口;Configuring a first CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port;
第二收发模块具体用于:The second transceiver module is specifically configured to:
传输资源块,资源块的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS和第一CRS。The resource block is transmitted, and the reference signal portion of the resource block includes the first DM-RS and the first CRS.
可以理解的是,该第二配置模块可以实现第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the second configuration module can implement the method involved in the third possible implementation of the second aspect.
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,第二配置模块还用于: In conjunction with the third possible implementation of the sixth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the second configuration module is further configured to:
根据至少一个第一CRS的天线端口为资源块配置第二CRS;Configuring a second CRS for the resource block according to the antenna port of the at least one first CRS;
第二收发模块具体用于:The second transceiver module is specifically configured to:
传输资源块,资源块的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS。The resource block is transmitted, and the reference signal portion of the resource block includes a first DM-RS, a first CRS, and a second CRS.
可以理解的是,该第二配置模块可以实现第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the second configuration module can implement the method involved in the fourth possible implementation of the second aspect.
本发明第七方面还提供一种用户设备,可包括:第三收发模块,用于接收基站传输的承载有第一CRS和补充CRS的资源块,其中,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分,参考信号部分包括第一CRS和补充CRS,第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,补充CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同;A seventh aspect of the present invention provides a user equipment, which may include: a third transceiver module, configured to receive a resource block that is transmitted by a base station and carries a first CRS and a supplementary CRS, where the resource block is used to carry between the base station and the UE. The transmitted information, the information includes a data portion and a reference signal portion, the reference signal portion includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS, the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the antenna port supplementing the CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS or different;
第一解调模块,用于根据第一CRS和补充CRS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。The first demodulation module is configured to demodulate the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
可以理解的是,该用户设备可以实现第三方面的参考信号的传输方法。It can be understood that the user equipment can implement the transmission method of the reference signal of the third aspect.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,补充CRS包括第二CRS和/或第三CRS,第二CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同,第三CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口不相同。With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the supplementary CRS includes a second CRS and/or a third CRS, the antenna port of the second CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS, and the third CRS The antenna port is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,用户设备还包括:With reference to the seventh aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the user equipment further includes:
第一确定模块,用于确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;a first determining module, configured to determine that a time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, where M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
和/或,and / or,
用于确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;The time domain length used to determine the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
第一确定模块还用于:The first determining module is also used to:
确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。The frequency domain length of the resource block is determined to be P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
可以理解的是,该第一确定模块可实现第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式 中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the first determining module can implement the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect. The method involved.
结合第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,第三收发模块还用于:In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the seventh aspect or the second possible implementation of the seventh aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the third transceiver module is further configured to:
接收基站发送的用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息和/或功率控制参数的信令,信令为无线资源控制RRC信令或者媒体接入控制MAC信令或者物理层信令;Receiving, by the base station, signaling for determining port information and/or power control parameters of an antenna port of the third CRS, where the signaling is radio resource control RRC signaling or media access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling;
第一确定模块还用于:The first determining module is also used to:
根据信令确定第三CRS的天线端口和/或功率控制参数。The antenna port and/or power control parameters of the third CRS are determined based on the signaling.
可以理解的是,该实现方式中的第三收发模块和第一确定模块可以实现第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the third transceiver module and the first determining module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the third possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
本发明第八方面还提供一种用户设备,可包括:第四收发模块,用于接收基站传输的资源块,其中,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分,参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS,第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口;An eighth aspect of the present invention provides a user equipment, which may include: a fourth transceiver module, configured to receive a resource block transmitted by a base station, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal portion, the reference signal portion includes a first DM-RS, and an antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE-dedicated demodulation antenna port;
第二解调模块,用于根据第一DM-RS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。And a second demodulation module, configured to demodulate the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
可以理解的是,该用户设备可以实现第四方面的参考信号的传输方法。It can be understood that the user equipment can implement the method for transmitting the reference signal of the fourth aspect.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,用户设备还包括:With reference to the eighth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the user equipment further includes:
第二确定模块,用于确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;a second determining module, configured to determine that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
和/或,and / or,
用于确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;The time domain length used to determine the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
第二确定模块还用于:The second determining module is also used to:
确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。The frequency domain length of the resource block is determined to be P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
可以理解的是,该实现方式中的第二确定模块可以实现第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。 It can be understood that the second determining module in the implementation manner can implement the method involved in the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,参考信号部分还包括第一CRS,资源块上还承载第一CRS;With reference to the eighth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the reference signal part further includes a first CRS, where the resource block further carries the first CRS;
第二解调模块具体用于:The second demodulation module is specifically configured to:
根据第一DM-RS和第一CRS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。The data portion of the information carried on the resource block is demodulated according to the first DM-RS and the first CRS.
可以理解的是,该实现方式中的第二解调模块可以实现第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the second demodulation module in this implementation can implement the method involved in the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,参考信号部分还包括第一CRS和第二CRS,资源块上还承载第一CRS和第二CRS;With reference to the eighth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the reference signal part further includes a first CRS and a second CRS, and the resource block further carries the a CRS and a second CRS;
第二解调模块具体用于:The second demodulation module is specifically configured to:
根据第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。Demodulating the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS.
可以理解的是,该实现方式中的第二解调模块可以实现第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中涉及的方法。It can be understood that the second demodulation module in this implementation can implement the method involved in the third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
本发明第九方面还提供一种通信系统,可包括:A ninth aspect of the present invention provides a communication system, which may include:
基站,用于为资源块配置第一CRS,第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;a base station, configured to configure a first CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
还用于为资源块配置补充CRS,补充CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同;Also used to configure a supplementary CRS for the resource block, the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
还用于传输资源块,资源块的信息的参考信号部分包括第一CRS和补充CRS;Also used for transmitting a resource block, the reference signal portion of the information of the resource block includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS;
UE,用于接收基站传输的资源块;a UE, configured to receive a resource block transmitted by the base station;
还用于根据第一CRS和补充CRS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。It is further configured to demodulate a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
可以理解的是,该系统中的基站可采用第五方面涉及的基站,该系统中的UE可采用第七方面涉及的用户设备。It can be understood that the base station in the system can adopt the base station involved in the fifth aspect, and the UE in the system can adopt the user equipment involved in the seventh aspect.
本发明第十方面还提供一种通信系统,可包括: A tenth aspect of the present invention provides a communication system, which may include:
基站,用于确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;a base station, configured to determine a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
还用于为资源块配置第一DM-RS,第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口;And configured to configure a first DM-RS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE dedicated demodulation antenna port;
还用于传输资源块,资源块的信息的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS;Also used for transmitting a resource block, the reference signal portion of the information of the resource block includes a first DM-RS;
UE,用于接收资源块;a UE, configured to receive a resource block;
还用于根据第一DM-RS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。It is further configured to demodulate a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
可以理解的是,该系统中的基站可采用第六方面涉及的基站,该系统中的UE可采用第八方面涉及的用户设备。It can be understood that the base station in the system can adopt the base station involved in the sixth aspect, and the UE in the system can adopt the user equipment involved in the eighth aspect.
从以上技术方案可以看出,本发明实施例具有以下优点:本发明实施例中在资源块为第一CRS和补充CRS时,补充CRS包括三种类型,即第二CRS、第三CRS以及第二CRS和第三CRS,补充第二CRS是由于短TTI的模式使得第一CRS对于某些数据的解调性能较差,添加第二CRS能够使得通过第一CRS解调性能较差的数据能够联合第一CRS和第二CRS进行解调,第三CRS是由于支持4天线端口和DMRS的UE开销会很大,通过合理配置较少天线端口数的第一CRS和补充配置新增天线端口的第三CRS能够减小每个子帧中参考信号的开销,此外,本发明实施例还设计了针对短TTI的模式下的DMRS的数量不足的情况,通过首先确定出资源块的时域长度和频域长度,而后进行根据资源块的时域长度和频域长度对应配置第一DM-RS,从而使得所有的资源块中均具有足够的DMRS。It can be seen from the foregoing technical solutions that the embodiments of the present invention have the following advantages: in the embodiment of the present invention, when the resource block is the first CRS and the supplementary CRS, the supplementary CRS includes three types, namely, the second CRS, the third CRS, and the The second CRS and the third CRS are supplemented with the second CRS because the mode of the short TTI makes the demodulation performance of the first CRS for some data poor, and the addition of the second CRS enables the data with poor demodulation performance by the first CRS to be The first CRS and the second CRS are jointly demodulated, and the third CRS is because the UE supporting the 4 antenna port and the DMRS has a large overhead, and the antenna node is newly configured by properly configuring the first CRS and the supplementary configuration with fewer antenna ports. The third CRS can reduce the overhead of the reference signal in each subframe. In addition, the embodiment of the present invention also designs the case that the number of DMRSs in the short TTI mode is insufficient, by first determining the time domain length and frequency of the resource block. The domain length is then configured to configure the first DM-RS according to the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block, so that all the resource blocks have sufficient DMRS.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1a是现有技术LTE系统中OFDM符号数据传输的来回时间时延图;1a is a round-trip time delay diagram of OFDM symbol data transmission in a prior art LTE system;
图1b是现有技术LTE系统中小区基站与UE的交互示意图;FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of interaction between a cell base station and a UE in a prior art LTE system;
图2是现有技术中正常子帧中不同天线端口的CRS映射示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of CRS mapping of different antenna ports in a normal subframe in the prior art;
图3为本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的一个实施例图;FIG. 3 is a diagram of an embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图4a本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的另一个实施例图;FIG. 4a is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图4b本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的另一个实施例图;FIG. 4b is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图4c为本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的另一个实施例图; 4c is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4d为本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的另一个实施例图;4d is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4e为本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的另一个实施例图;4e is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4f为本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的另一个实施例图;4f is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4g为本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的另一个实施例图;4g is a diagram showing another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图5为本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的另一个实施例图;FIG. 5 is a diagram of another embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图6为本发明实施例的信号传输方法中参考信号分布的另一个实施例图;6 is a diagram showing another embodiment of a reference signal distribution in a signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图7是本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的一个实施例图;7 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图8是本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的一个实施例图;FIG. 8 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图9是本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的一个实施例图;FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图10是本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法的一个实施例图;FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图11是本发明实施例的基站的一个实施例图;11 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图12是本发明实施例的基站的一个实施例图;FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图13是本发明实施例的用户设备的一个实施例图;FIG. 13 is a diagram of an embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图14是本发明实施例的用户设备的一个实施例图;FIG. 14 is a diagram of an embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图15是本发明实施例的通信系统的一个实施例图;Figure 15 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图16是本发明实施例的通信系统的一个实施例图;Figure 16 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图17是本发明实施例的基站的一个实施例图;17 is a diagram showing an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图18是本发明实施例的用户设备的一个实施例图。FIG. 18 is a diagram of an embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
本发明实施例提供了一种参考信号的传输方法,用于使得一些采用第一CRS进行信道估计时性能不好的时域符号能够通过该补充CRS提高信道估计精度,从而能够在高速或高阶调制场景下提高短TTI传输的解调性能。The embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, which is used to enable time-domain symbols with poor performance when using the first CRS for channel estimation, thereby improving channel estimation accuracy through the supplementary CRS, thereby enabling high-speed or high-order Improve the demodulation performance of short TTI transmission in the modulation scenario.
为了使本技术领域的人员更好地理解本发明方案,下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分的实施例,而不是全部的实施例。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is an embodiment of the invention, but not all of the embodiments.
以下分别进行详细说明。The details are described below separately.
本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”“第四”等(如果存在)是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的 顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换,以便这里描述的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的内容以外的顺序实施。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或模块的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或模块,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或模块。The terms "first", "second", "third", "fourth", etc. (if present) in the specification and claims of the present invention and the above figures are used to distinguish similar objects without being used for Describe specific Order or order. It is to be understood that the data so used may be interchanged where appropriate so that the embodiments described herein can be implemented in a sequence other than what is illustrated or described herein. In addition, the terms "comprises" and "comprises" and "the" and "the" are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, for example, a process, method, system, product, or device that comprises a series of steps or modules is not necessarily limited to Those steps or modules may include other steps or modules not explicitly listed or inherent to such processes, methods, products or devices.
移动通信标准的演进过程中在不断努力降低时延,空口技术上对时延影响最明显的物理层的调度间隔在宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)是10毫秒(millisecond,ms),到高速分组接入(High-Speed Packet Access,HSPA)时缩短到2ms,到长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)时缩短到1ms。小时延的业务需求导致LTE物理层需要引入短传输时间间隔(Transmission Time Interval,TTI),进一步缩短调度间隔,即TTI可以从正常的1ms缩短为小于1ms的整数个符号。其中,上述提及的符号可以是LTE系统中的一个正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符号,也可称为时域符号。During the evolution of the mobile communication standard, efforts are being made to reduce the delay. The scheduling interval of the physical layer with the most obvious impact on the air interface technology is 10 milliseconds (Williband, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA)). Ms), shortened to 2ms for High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA) and 1ms for Long Term Evolution (LTE). The LTE physical layer needs to introduce a Short Transmission Time Interval (TTI) to further shorten the scheduling interval. That is, the TTI can be shortened from the normal 1 ms to an integer number of symbols less than 1 ms. The symbol mentioned above may be an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in an LTE system, and may also be referred to as a time domain symbol.
以上行和下行的短TTI长度都是1个时域符号为例。如图1a所示,为1个OFDM符号数据传输的来回时间(Round-Trip Time,RTT)时延图。基于混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request,HARQ)技术,如果基站在OFDM符号3向用户设备传输数据,用户设备如果对接收到的该数据正确解调译码,则在OFDM符号7向基站反馈确认字符(Acknowledgement,ACK),用户设备如果对接收到的该数据没有正确解调译码,则在OFDM符号7向基站反馈否认字符(Negative Acknowledgment,NACK),而基站则在符号11确认收到ACK/NACK。因此当以1符号TTI进行数据传输时,数据传输的RTT为8符号,约为576微秒,相对于1ms TTI传输时需要8ms的RTT,时延大大缩短。The short TTI lengths of the above lines and downlinks are all 1 time domain symbols as an example. As shown in FIG. 1a, it is a Round-Trip Time (RTT) delay map for data transmission of 1 OFDM symbol. Based on Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) technology, if the base station transmits data to the user equipment in OFDM symbol 3, if the user equipment correctly demodulates and decodes the received data, the OFDM symbol 7 is transmitted to the base station. The acknowledgement character (Acknowledgement, ACK), if the user equipment does not correctly demodulate and decode the received data, the OFDM symbol 7 feeds back a Negative Acknowledgment (NACK) to the base station, and the base station confirms the receipt at the symbol 11. To ACK/NACK. Therefore, when data transmission is performed with a 1-symbol TTI, the RTT of the data transmission is 8 symbols, which is about 576 microseconds, and an LTT of 8 ms is required for transmission of 1 ms TTI, and the delay is greatly shortened.
在正常的1ms的调度中,可以支持基于CRS和DMRS解调的传输模式。然而,在采用基于CRS解调的传输模式对UE进行短TTI传输时,为了减小时延,UE只能利用被调度的短TTI以及之前出现的CRS来进行信道估计和解调。如果短TTI的长度仅有一到两个时域符号时,对于有些符号,例如OFDM 符号3,OFDM符号10等,只能通过CRS的外插来获得该符号上的信道信息,而离该符号最近的一个包含CRS的符号的时间距离可能是3个符号,对高速、高阶调制场景下的解调性能有影响,因此,需要补充CRS来提高短TTI的解调性能。另外,由于现在的解调参考信号都是基于1ms TTI设计的,如果短TTI也需要支持基于DMRS解调的传输模式,需要对短TTI的每个调度单元重新设计DMRS。如果系统中既有支持基于4天线端口的CRS解调的传输模式的UE,又有支持基于DMRS解调的传输模式的UE,考虑到需要同时配置4个天线端口的CRS和额外的DMRS,每个子帧的参考信号开销会很大,因此,需要合理控制补充的CRS的开销。因此,为了解决上述同时配置4个天线端口的CRS和额外的DMRS,每个子帧的参考信号开销会很大,以及采用DMRS解调的传输模式的短TTI调度时,每个调度单元都需要有DMRS两个问题,需要对系统中存在短TTI传输时的参考信号重新设计。In a normal 1 ms scheduling, a transmission mode based on CRS and DMRS demodulation can be supported. However, when performing short TTI transmission on the UE using the CRS demodulation-based transmission mode, in order to reduce the delay, the UE can only perform channel estimation and demodulation using the scheduled short TTI and the previously occurring CRS. If the length of the short TTI is only one or two time domain symbols, for some symbols, such as OFDM Symbol 3, OFDM symbol 10, etc., channel information on the symbol can only be obtained by extrapolation of the CRS, and the time distance of a symbol containing the CRS closest to the symbol may be 3 symbols for high-speed, high-order modulation. The demodulation performance under the scenario has an impact. Therefore, it is necessary to supplement the CRS to improve the demodulation performance of the short TTI. In addition, since the current demodulation reference signals are all designed based on 1ms TTI, if the short TTI also needs to support the transmission mode based on DMRS demodulation, it is necessary to redesign the DMRS for each scheduling unit of the short TTI. If the system has both a UE supporting a transmission mode of CRS demodulation based on 4-antenna port and a UE supporting a transmission mode based on DMRS demodulation, considering that it is necessary to simultaneously configure CRS and additional DMRS of 4 antenna ports, each The reference signal overhead of a sub-frame is large, and therefore, the overhead of the supplemental CRS needs to be properly controlled. Therefore, in order to solve the above-mentioned CRS and additional DMRS for configuring four antenna ports at the same time, the reference signal overhead of each subframe is large, and the short TTI scheduling of the transmission mode using DMRS demodulation requires each scheduling unit to have Two problems with DMRS require redesigning the reference signal when there is a short TTI transmission in the system.
下面是本发明实施例的一个技术应用场景:请参阅图1b,图1b是现有技术LTE系统中小区基站与UE的交互示意图;其中,处在小区基站101覆盖范围内并与小区基站101进行通信的UE102和UE103;其中,小区基站101是LTE系统的基站,UE102和UE103是对应的LTE系统下的UE,小区基站101和UE102均为支持短TTI传输的设备,UE103为不支持短TTI传输的设备。小区基站101可以使用短TTI或正常的1ms TTI和UE102进行通信;小区基站101可以使用正常的1ms TTI和UE103进行通信。The following is a technical application scenario of the embodiment of the present invention: Referring to FIG. 1b, FIG. 1b is a schematic diagram of interaction between a cell base station and a UE in the LTE system in the prior art; wherein, the coverage of the cell base station 101 is within the coverage of the cell base station 101 and is performed with the cell base station 101. The UE 102 and the UE 103 are in communication; the cell base station 101 is a base station of the LTE system, the UE 102 and the UE 103 are corresponding UEs in the LTE system, the cell base station 101 and the UE 102 are both devices supporting short TTI transmission, and the UE 103 does not support short TTI transmission. device of. The cell base station 101 can communicate with the UE 102 using a short TTI or a normal 1 ms TTI; the cell base station 101 can communicate with the UE 103 using a normal 1 ms TTI.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例的技术方案可以应用于LTE或LTE-A系统,也可以应用于其他需要增加参考信号密度的通信系统。It can be understood that the technical solution of the embodiment of the present invention can be applied to an LTE or LTE-A system, and can also be applied to other communication systems that need to increase the reference signal density.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例的技术方案中提及的符号可以是OFDM符号,一个OFDM符号包括循环前缀(Cyclic Prefix,CP)部分和信息段部分,其中信息段部分包括了一个OFDM符号的全部信息;CP是对一部分信息段信号的重复。本发明实施例的技术方案中提及的符号可以是LTE或LTE-A系统中的一个OFDM符号,也可以是其他类型的通信的符号,本发明对此不作限定。It can be understood that the symbols mentioned in the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention may be OFDM symbols, and one OFDM symbol includes a Cyclic Prefix (CP) part and an information segment part, where the information section part includes one OFDM symbol. All information; CP is a repetition of a part of the information segment signal. The symbol mentioned in the technical solution of the embodiment of the present invention may be one OFDM symbol in the LTE or LTE-A system, and may also be a symbol of other types of communication, which is not limited by the present invention.
可以理解的是,在LTE或LTE-A系统中,从时间维度上来看,一个无线帧的时间长度为10ms,一个子帧的时间长度为1ms,一个无线帧包含10个子 帧。具体有两种子帧格式:一种是正常循环前缀(Normal Cyclic Prefix,NCP)子帧格式,一个NCP子帧包括14个OFDM符号或2个时隙;将OFDM符号从0开始标号至13,第0号至第6号OFDM符号为奇数时隙,第7号至第13号OFDM符号为偶数时隙。另一种是长循环前缀(Extended Cyclic Prefix,ECP)子帧格式,一个ECP子帧包括12个OFDM符号或2个时隙;将OFDM符号从0开始标号至11,第0号至第5号OFDM符号为奇数时隙,第6号至第11号OFDM符号为偶数时隙。It can be understood that in the LTE or LTE-A system, the time length of one radio frame is 10 ms, the time length of one subframe is 1 ms, and one radio frame includes 10 sub-times. frame. Specifically, there are two types of subframe formats: one is a Normal Cyclic Prefix (NCP) subframe format, and one NCP subframe includes 14 OFDM symbols or 2 slots; the OFDM symbol is numbered from 0 to 13, The 0th to 6th OFDM symbols are odd slots, and the 7th to 13th OFDM symbols are even slots. The other is an Extended Cyclic Prefix (ECP) subframe format, one ECP subframe includes 12 OFDM symbols or 2 slots; the OFDM symbol is numbered from 0 to 11, and the 0th to the 5th The OFDM symbols are odd slots, and the sixth to eleventh OFDM symbols are even slots.
从频率维度上来看,最小单位是子载波。从时频二维联合来看,对于一个天线端口传输使用的资源,最小单位是资源单位(Resource Element,RE),一个RE在时域上包含一个OFDM符号,在频域上包含一个子载波。资源单元组(Resource-Element Group,REG)可以包含整数个RE,例如,一个REG可以包含4个或16个RE。一个物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB)在时域上包含一个时隙,在频域上包含12个子载波;一个子帧中包含一个PRB对(PRB pair)。资源块组(Resource Block Group,RBG)可以包含整数个PRB,例如,一个RBG可以包含1个,2个,3个,4个或其他整数个PRB。From the frequency dimension, the smallest unit is the subcarrier. From the time-frequency two-dimensional joint view, the minimum unit is the resource element (Resource Element, RE) for the resource used for one antenna port transmission. One RE includes one OFDM symbol in the time domain and one subcarrier in the frequency domain. A Resource-Element Group (REG) may contain an integer number of REs, for example, one REG may contain 4 or 16 REs. A physical resource block (PRB) includes one time slot in the time domain, 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, and one PRB pair in one subframe. A Resource Block Group (RBG) may contain an integer number of PRBs. For example, one RBG may contain one, two, three, four or other integer number of PRBs.
可以理解的是,在短TTI传输中,资源块的时域长度可以由符号的个数来表示,资源块的频域长度可以由PRB或RBG或子载波或RE或REG的个数来表示。系统带宽可以由整数个PRB或整数个子载波或整数个RE或整数个REG表示。例如,10M系统带宽可以由50个PRB或600个子载波或600个RE表示,或当一个REG包含4个RE时,10M系统带宽可以150个REG来表示。需要说明的是,系统带宽还可以用整数个RBG来表示,例如假设系统带宽为10M或50个PRB,1个RBG包含3个PRB,则系统带宽包含17个RBG,其中最后一个RBG只包含2个PRB。另外,如果没有特殊说明,在本发明实施例中,都是以NCP子帧格式为例,ECP子帧格式可以推导得出。It can be understood that in a short TTI transmission, the time domain length of the resource block can be represented by the number of symbols, and the frequency domain length of the resource block can be represented by the number of PRBs or RBGs or subcarriers or REs or REGs. The system bandwidth can be represented by an integer number of PRBs or an integer number of subcarriers or an integer number of REs or an integer number of REGs. For example, a 10M system bandwidth can be represented by 50 PRBs or 600 subcarriers or 600 REs, or when one REG contains 4 REs, a 10M system bandwidth can be represented by 150 REGs. It should be noted that the system bandwidth can also be represented by an integer number of RBGs. For example, if the system bandwidth is 10M or 50 PRBs, and 1 RBG includes 3 PRBs, the system bandwidth includes 17 RBGs, and the last RBG only contains 2 PRB. In addition, in the embodiment of the present invention, the NCP subframe format is taken as an example, and the ECP subframe format can be derived.
还可以理解的是,在LTE或LTE-A系统中,基站可以为小区用户配置小区专用天线端口(Cell-specific antenna port),该小区专用天线端口的个数可以为1,2,或4。当小区专用天线端口的个数为1时,基站为小区用户配置端口0;当小区专用天线端口的个数为2时,基站为小区用户配置端口0和端口1;当小区专用天线端口的个数为4时,基站为小区用户配置端口0、端口1、端 口2和端口3。基站根据配置的小区专用天线端口和预定义的对应小区专用天线端口的公共参考信号(Cell-specific Reference Signal,CRS)图案在资源块上配置CRS,并向小区用户传输承载该CRS的资源块。由于CRS可以被小区用户识别,小区用户可以利用CRS进行自动增益控制(Automatic Gain Control,AGC)调整、时频同步、无线资源管理(Radio Resource Management,RRM)测量、控制信道解调、信道状态信息(Channel State Information,CSI)测量、数据信道解调等操作。It can also be understood that, in the LTE or LTE-A system, the base station can configure a cell-specific antenna port for the cell user, and the number of the dedicated antenna ports of the cell can be 1, 2, or 4. When the number of cell-specific antenna ports is 1, the base station configures port 0 for the cell user; when the number of cell-specific antenna ports is 2, the base station configures port 0 and port 1 for the cell user; When the number is 4, the base station configures port 0, port 1, and end for the cell user. Port 2 and port 3. The base station configures the CRS on the resource block according to the configured cell-specific antenna port and the predefined cell-specific reference signal (CRS) pattern of the corresponding cell-specific antenna port, and transmits the resource block carrying the CRS to the cell user. Since the CRS can be identified by the cell user, the cell user can use the CRS for Automatic Gain Control (AGC) adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, Radio Resource Management (RRM) measurement, control channel demodulation, and channel state information. (Channel State Information, CSI) measurement, data channel demodulation and other operations.
还可以理解的是,根据子帧传输的格式不同,可以有两种子帧传输方式,一种是正常子帧,图2给出了现有技术正常子帧中不同天线端口的CRS映射的RE在PRB对中的位置,其中符号Rp表示小区专用天线端口p的参考信号所在的RE,图2中填充图案为左下或右上方向的直线则表示该填充图案所在的RE上为现有CRS。由于不同的天线端口上对应的信号传输使用不同的空间资源来区分,当一个天线端口上的RE用于传输CRS时,其他天线端口上的该RE不传输任何信息,因此不同天线端口的CRS传输的资源是时频分开的。在图2中,假设物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)占用了子帧的前两个符号。另一种是多媒体广播多播单频网(Multimedia Broadcast multicast service ingle Frequency Network,MBSFN)子帧,对于MBSFN子帧,CRS仅在MBSFN子帧的非MBSFN区域传输,其中,MBSFN子帧的非MBSFN区域可以指PDCCH所占的区域,通常为该子帧的前1到2个符号。例如,假设一个MBSFN子帧的PDCCH符号个数为2,当CRS的端口数为1或2时,仅在该MBSFN子帧的第一个符号上传输CRS;当CRS的端口数为4时,仅在该MBSFN子帧的前两个符号上传输CRS。It can also be understood that, according to the format of the subframe transmission, there may be two subframe transmission modes, one is a normal subframe, and FIG. 2 shows the RE of the CRS mapping of different antenna ports in the normal subframe of the prior art. The position of the PRB pair, where the symbol R p represents the RE of the reference signal of the cell-specific antenna port p, and the line in FIG. 2 in which the fill pattern is in the lower left or upper right direction indicates that the RE on which the fill pattern is located is an existing CRS. Since the corresponding signal transmissions on different antenna ports are distinguished by using different spatial resources, when the REs on one antenna port are used to transmit CRS, the REs on other antenna ports do not transmit any information, so CRS transmissions of different antenna ports are performed. The resources are separated by time and frequency. In FIG. 2, it is assumed that a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) occupies the first two symbols of a subframe. The other is a Multimedia Broadcast multicast service ingle frequency network (MBSFN) subframe. For an MBSFN subframe, the CRS is transmitted only in the non-MBSFN area of the MBSFN subframe, where the non-MBSFN of the MBSFN subframe The area may refer to the area occupied by the PDCCH, which is usually the first 1 to 2 symbols of the subframe. For example, if the number of PDCCH symbols of one MBSFN subframe is 2, when the number of ports of the CRS is 1 or 2, CRS is transmitted only on the first symbol of the MBSFN subframe; when the number of ports of the CRS is 4, The CRS is transmitted only on the first two symbols of the MBSFN subframe.
在本发明所有实施例中的UE可以为移动电话,计算机或便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的、车载的能够与无线接入网交换语音或是数据的移动装置等能够经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信的终端设备。The UE in all embodiments of the present invention can be wirelessly accessed by a mobile phone, a computer or a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated, in-vehicle mobile device capable of exchanging voice or data with a wireless access network. A terminal device in which a Radio Access Network (RAN) communicates with one or more core networks.
本发明所有实施例中的基站可以为演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB)、宏基站、微基站、微微基站、接入站点(Access Point,AP)、传输站点(Transmission Point,TP)、远端无线端口(Remote Radio Head,RRH)等, 本发明对此并不限定。但为描述方便,下述实施例将以基站和UE为例进行说明。The base station in all the embodiments of the present invention may be an evolved base station (eNB), a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, an access point (AP), a transmission point (TP), and a far destination (TP). Remote Radio Head (RRH), etc. The invention is not limited thereto. For convenience of description, the following embodiments will be described by taking a base station and a UE as an example.
下面结合附图对本发明的实施例进行详细描述。The embodiments of the present invention are described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
实施例1Example 1
请参阅图3,为本发明实施例提供的参考信号传输方法的一个实施例图,如图3所示,本发明实施例提供的一种参考信号传输方法,可包括以下步骤:FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention may include the following steps:
301、基站为资源块配置第一CRS。301. The base station configures a first CRS for the resource block.
其中,第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分。The antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, and the information includes a data part and a reference signal part.
需要说明的是,信息中的数据部分包括控制信息和/或数据信息,这些信息具体承载在物理信道上,该物理信道包括以下之一或者组合:PDCCH、PDSCH、增强的物理下行控制信道(Enhanced-Physical Downlink Control CHannel,EPDCCH)、物理控制格式指示信道(Physical Control Format Indicator Channel,PCFICH)、物理混合重传指示信道(Physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel,PHICH),或是一些新的标准中功能相同,但是名称不同的信道,例如短TTI传输中引入的控制信道或数据信道等,当然,调度该资源块的控制信息也可以不承载在该资源块上。UE可通过解调调度该资源块的控制信息或预定义的方式来确定该资源块的时域长度。另外,一种比较特殊的情况是信息中的数据部分不包含任何信息,即资源块承载的信息仅包括参考信号部分。It should be noted that the data part of the information includes control information and/or data information, which is specifically carried on a physical channel, and the physical channel includes one or a combination of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, and enhanced physical downlink control channel (Enhanced) -Physical Downlink Control CHannel (EPDCCH), Physical Control Format Indicator Channel (PCFICH), Physical Hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH), or the same function in some new standards. However, the channel with different name, such as the control channel or data channel introduced in the short TTI transmission, of course, the control information for scheduling the resource block may not be carried on the resource block. The UE may determine the time domain length of the resource block by demodulating the control information of the resource block or a predefined manner. In addition, a more special case is that the data part of the information does not contain any information, that is, the information carried by the resource block only includes the reference signal part.
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中,通常由基站确定第一CRS的天线端口信息。基站可以通过多种方式使UE获得第一CRS的天线端口信息。例如基站可以通过RRC信令或MAC信令或物理层信令等方式将第一CRS的天线端口信息通知给UE;基站可以通过对物理广播信道(Physical broadcast channel,PBCH)的循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check,CRC)进行扰码的方式将第一CRS的天线端口信息通知给UE;基站可以通过预定义的方式将第一CRS的天线端口信息通知给UE;当基站可以通过多个载波和UE进行通信时,基站还可以通过非本载波的信令将本载波的第一CRS的天线端口信息通知给UE,具体采用哪种方式通知UE可根据实际情况进行选择。相应的,UE可以根据获得的第一CRS的天线端口信息确定第一CRS的天线端口的个 数或第一CRS的天线端口号。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the antenna port information of the first CRS is generally determined by the base station. The base station can obtain the antenna port information of the first CRS by using the UE in multiple manners. For example, the base station may notify the UE of the antenna port information of the first CRS by means of RRC signaling, MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling. The base station may perform cyclic redundancy check on a physical broadcast channel (PBCH). (Cyclic Redundancy Check, CRC) performs the scrambling method to notify the UE of the antenna port information of the first CRS; the base station can notify the UE of the antenna port information of the first CRS in a predefined manner; when the base station can pass multiple carriers When communicating with the UE, the base station may also notify the UE of the antenna port information of the first CRS of the carrier by using the signaling of the non-local carrier, and the method may be used to notify the UE to select according to the actual situation. Correspondingly, the UE may determine, according to the obtained antenna port information of the first CRS, the antenna ports of the first CRS. Number or antenna port number of the first CRS.
需要说明的是,在具体实施步骤301的过程中,第一CRS可在多种不同的子帧上传输,作为可选的,例如第一CRS可以是在正常子帧上传输的CRS。又例如,第一CRS是在MBSFN子帧上传输的CRS。It should be noted that, in the process of performing step 301, the first CRS may be transmitted on multiple different subframes. Alternatively, for example, the first CRS may be a CRS transmitted on a normal subframe. As another example, the first CRS is a CRS transmitted on an MBSFN subframe.
需要说明的是,在具体实施步骤301的过程中,第一CRS的天线端口会根据基站为资源块配置的第一CRS的天线端口的数量的变化而变化,举例来说,若基站为资源块配置的第一CRS的天线端口的个数为1,则此时第一CRS的天线端口为端口0。又例如,若基站为资源块配置的第一CRS的天线端口的个数为2,则此时第一CRS的天线端口为端口0和端口1。又例如,若基站为资源块配置的第一CRS的天线端口的个数为4,则此时第一CRS的天线端口为端口0、端口1、端口2和端口3。It should be noted that, in the process of performing step 301, the antenna port of the first CRS changes according to the change of the number of antenna ports of the first CRS configured by the base station for the resource block. For example, if the base station is a resource block. The number of antenna ports of the first CRS is set to 1, and the antenna port of the first CRS is port 0 at this time. For another example, if the number of antenna ports of the first CRS configured by the base station for the resource block is 2, the antenna port of the first CRS is port 0 and port 1 at this time. For another example, if the number of antenna ports of the first CRS configured by the base station for the resource block is 4, the antenna ports of the first CRS are port 0, port 1, port 2, and port 3.
需要说明的是,在具体实施步骤301的过程中,资源块的大小可根据实际情况进行配置,举例来说,资源块大小可以为系统整数个子帧的所有可用资源,例如资源块时域上包含一个子帧,频域上包含整个系统带宽。又举例来说,资源块大小可以为系统所有可用资源的全集。又举例来说,资源块大小可以为系统所有可用资源的子集,例如资源块大小由短TTI传输的调度方式决定,频域上包含整数个PRB或整数个RBG或整数个子载波,时域上包含整数个符号。当然,资源块的大小还可根据其他规则进行配置,只要满足短TTI传输要求即可。It should be noted that, in the process of performing step 301, the size of the resource block may be configured according to actual conditions. For example, the resource block size may be all available resources of the system integer subframes, for example, the resource block time domain includes A sub-frame containing the entire system bandwidth in the frequency domain. As another example, the resource block size can be a complete set of all available resources of the system. For another example, the resource block size may be a subset of all available resources of the system, for example, the resource block size is determined by a scheduling manner of short TTI transmission, and the frequency domain includes an integer number of PRBs or an integer number of RBGs or an integer number of subcarriers, in time domain. Contains an integer number of symbols. Of course, the size of the resource block can also be configured according to other rules as long as the short TTI transmission requirement is met.
需要说明的是,在具体实施步骤301的过程中,由于资源块可以是系统所有可用资源的子集或全集,因此,基站为资源块配置第一CRS具体可为基站为系统的所有可用资源配置第一CRS。或者,基站为资源块配置第一CRS具体还可为基站为包含该资源块的资源配置第一CRS。或者,基站为资源块配置第一CRS具体还可为基站仅为该资源块配置第一CRS。It should be noted that, in the process of performing step 301, the resource block may be a subset or a complete set of all available resources of the system. Therefore, the base station configures the first CRS for the resource block, and specifically, the base station is configured for all available resources of the system. First CRS. Alternatively, the base station configures the first CRS for the resource block, and may also configure the first CRS for the resource that includes the resource block. Alternatively, the base station configures the first CRS for the resource block, and specifically, the base station only configures the first CRS for the resource block.
302、基站为配置有第一CRS的资源块配置补充CRS。302. The base station configures a supplementary CRS for the resource block configured with the first CRS.
其中,补充CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同,参考信号部分包括第一CRS和补充CRS。The antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS, and the reference signal part includes the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
需要说明的是,第一CRS的天线端口指的是传输第一CRS的天线端口,举例来说,针对只有一个端口传输第一CRS的情形,以传输第一CRS的天线 端口为端口0为例,则对于基站来说,通过端口0发出该第一CRS,对于UE来说,通过端口0接收该第一CRS;又举例来说,针对多个端口传出第一CRS的情形,以传输第一CRS的天线端口为端口0和端口1为例,则对于基站来说,通过该端口0和端口1发出第一CRS,对于UE来说,通过端口0和端口1接收该第一CRS。本发明实施例中后续出现的第二CRS的天线端口和第三CRS的天线端口均与此情形类似。It should be noted that the antenna port of the first CRS refers to an antenna port that transmits the first CRS, for example, for the case where only one port transmits the first CRS, to transmit the antenna of the first CRS. If the port is port 0 as an example, the first CRS is sent by the port 0 for the base station, and the first CRS is received by the port 0 for the UE; for example, the first CRS is transmitted for multiple ports. In the case where the antenna port transmitting the first CRS is port 0 and port 1, for the base station, the first CRS is sent through the port 0 and the port 1, and for the UE, the port 0 and the port 1 are received. The first CRS. The antenna port of the second CRS and the antenna port of the third CRS appearing subsequently in the embodiment of the present invention are similar to this case.
需要说明的是,在正常的1ms的调度中,在采用基于CRS解调的传输模式对UE进行短TTI传输时,为了减小时延,UE只能利用被调度的短TTI以及之前出现的CRS来进行信道估计和解调。如果短TTI的长度仅有一到两个时域符号时,对于有些符号,例如OFDM符号3,OFDM符号10等,只能通过CRS的外插来获得该符号上的信道信息,而离该符号最近的一个包含CRS的符号的时间距离可能是3个符号,对高速、高阶调制场景下的解调性能有影响,因此,针对此情形下,需要在第一CRS的基础上通过补充补充CRS来提高短TTI的解调性能。It should be noted that, in the normal 1 ms scheduling, when performing short TTI transmission on the UE by using the CRS demodulation-based transmission mode, in order to reduce the delay, the UE can only use the scheduled short TTI and the previously appearing CRS. Perform channel estimation and demodulation. If the length of the short TTI is only one or two time domain symbols, for some symbols, such as OFDM symbol 3, OFDM symbol 10, etc., the channel information on the symbol can only be obtained by extrapolation of the CRS, and the symbol is closest to the symbol. The time distance of a symbol containing CRS may be 3 symbols, which has an impact on the demodulation performance in high-speed and high-order modulation scenarios. Therefore, in this case, it is necessary to supplement the CRS on the basis of the first CRS. Improve the demodulation performance of short TTI.
需要说明的是,步骤302与步骤301之间并没有绝对的顺序关系。It should be noted that there is no absolute order relationship between step 302 and step 301.
需要说明的是,在具体实施步骤302的过程中,补充CRS的天线端口信息可采用多种方式进行确定,例如,补充CRS的天线端口信息是由基站确定的。又例如,补充CRS的天线端口信息是由UE确定并通过信令将该补充CRS的天线端口信息上报给基站的。又例如,补充CRS的天线端口信息是预先定义的。It should be noted that, during the implementation of step 302, the antenna port information of the supplementary CRS may be determined in various manners. For example, the antenna port information supplementing the CRS is determined by the base station. For another example, the antenna port information of the supplementary CRS is determined by the UE and the antenna port information of the supplementary CRS is reported to the base station by using signaling. As another example, the antenna port information supplementing the CRS is predefined.
需要说明的是,在具体实施步骤302的过程中,作为可选的,该补充CRS包括第二CRS,该补充CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同。It should be noted that, in the process of performing step 302, optionally, the supplementary CRS includes a second CRS, and the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS.
举例来说,基站为资源块配置天线端口为端口0和端口1的第一CRS,基站为配置有第一CRS的该资源块配置第二CRS,该第二CRS的天线端口为端口0和端口1,与第一CRS的天线端口相同。For example, the base station configures a first CRS whose antenna port is port 0 and port 1 for the resource block, and the base station configures a second CRS for the resource block configured with the first CRS, where the antenna port of the second CRS is port 0 and port 1. It is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS.
需要说明的是,在具体实施步骤302的过程中,作为可选的,该补充CRS包括第三CRS,该补充CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口不同。It should be noted that, in the process of performing step 302, optionally, the supplementary CRS includes a third CRS, and the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
举例来说,基站为资源块配置天线端口为端口0和端口1的第一CRS,基站为配置有第一CRS的该资源块配置第三CRS,该第三CRS的天线端口为 端口2和端口3,与第一CRS的天线端口不同。进一步可选的,第一CRS的天线端口个数的取值可以是1、2、4,最多为4个,对应的四个端口分别为端口0、端口1、端口2和端口3,当第一CRS的天线端口仅为端口0和端口1,第三CRS的天线端口的个数为2时,第三CRS的天线端口可以为端口I和端口I+1,该端口I和端口I+1可以是端口2和端口3,或者该端口I和端口I+1为其它的端口号。当第一CRS的天线端口仅为端口0时,第三CRS的天线端口的个数为1或3,当第三CRS的天线端口的个数为1时,第三CRS的天线端口可以为端口I,该端口I可以是端口1或者是其他不为端口2和端口3的端口号;当第三CRS的天线端口的个数为3时,第三CRS的天线端口可以为端口I、端口I+1和端口I+2,该端口I、端口I+1和端口I+2可以是端口1、端口2和端口3,或者该端口I、端口I+1和端口I+2可以是其他端口号,即第三CRS的天线端口是第一CRS的虚拟天线端口,UE需要联合第一CRS和第三CRS才能完成CSI测量、数据信道解调等操作。For example, the base station configures a first CRS whose antenna port is port 0 and port 1 for the resource block, and the base station configures a third CRS for the resource block configured with the first CRS, where the antenna port of the third CRS is Port 2 and port 3 are different from the antenna ports of the first CRS. Further, the number of antenna ports of the first CRS may be 1, 2, 4, and up to four, and the corresponding four ports are port 0, port 1, port 2, and port 3, respectively. The antenna port of a CRS is only port 0 and port 1. When the number of antenna ports of the third CRS is 2, the antenna port of the third CRS may be port I and port I+1, and the port I and port I+1 It can be port 2 and port 3, or the port I and port I+1 are other port numbers. When the antenna port of the first CRS is only port 0, the number of antenna ports of the third CRS is 1 or 3. When the number of antenna ports of the third CRS is 1, the antenna port of the third CRS may be a port. I, the port I can be port 1 or other port numbers that are not port 2 and port 3; when the number of antenna ports of the third CRS is 3, the antenna port of the third CRS can be port I, port I +1 and port I+2, the port I, port I+1 and port I+2 may be port 1, port 2 and port 3, or the port I, port I+1 and port I+2 may be other ports The antenna port of the third CRS is a virtual antenna port of the first CRS, and the UE needs to combine the first CRS and the third CRS to complete operations such as CSI measurement, data channel demodulation, and the like.
需要说明的是,在具体实施步骤302的过程中,作为可选的,该补充CRS包括上述第二CRS和第三CRS,即该补充CRS的天线端口中第二CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同,第三CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口不同。It should be noted that, in the process of performing step 302, the supplementary CRS includes the foregoing second CRS and the third CRS, that is, the antenna port of the second CRS and the first CRS in the antenna port of the supplementary CRS. The antenna ports are the same, and the antenna port of the third CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
举例来说,基站为资源块配置天线端口为端口0和端口1的第一CRS,基站为配置有第一CRS的该资源块配置第二CRS和第三CRS,其中,该第二CRS的天线端口为端口0和端口1,该第三CRS的天线端口为端口2和端口3,即该补充CRS的天线端口中部分天线端口与该第一CRS的天线端口相同,部分天线端口与该第一CRS的天线端口不同。For example, the base station configures a first CRS whose antenna port is port 0 and port 1 for the resource block, and the base station configures a second CRS and a third CRS for the resource block configured with the first CRS, where the second CRS antenna The port is port 0 and port 1. The antenna port of the third CRS is port 2 and port 3. That is, some of the antenna ports of the supplementary CRS are the same as the antenna ports of the first CRS, and some antenna ports are the first. The antenna ports of the CRS are different.
需要说明的是,由于本发明实施例中的补充CRS具体可分为三种情形,情形一、补充CRS仅包括第二CRS;情形二、补充CRS仅包括第三CRS;情形三、补充CRS中既包含第二CRS,又包含第三CRS;下面分别对这种三种情形进行介绍。It should be noted that, because the supplementary CRS in the embodiment of the present invention may be specifically divided into three cases, the first case, the supplementary CRS includes only the second CRS, and the second case, the supplementary CRS includes only the third CRS; Both the second CRS and the third CRS are included; these three scenarios are described below.
情形一、补充CRS仅包括第二CRS。 Case 1. The supplementary CRS only includes the second CRS.
可以理解的是,在没有新增天线端口的需求时,仅需在资源块内合理增加和第一CRS的天线端口相同的第二CRS的数量,使得CRS可以保证高速或 高阶调制等各种场景下的性能即可,即补充CRS仅包括第二CRS。It can be understood that, when there is no need for a new antenna port, it is only necessary to reasonably increase the number of second CRSs that are the same as the antenna ports of the first CRS in the resource block, so that the CRS can guarantee high speed or The performance in various scenarios such as high-order modulation may be sufficient, that is, the supplementary CRS includes only the second CRS.
需要说明的是,在具体实施步骤302的过程中,作为可选的,基站为资源块配置补充CRS包括基站在资源块内为至少一个该第一CRS的天线端口配置第二CRS。例如第一CRS的天线端口有端口0和端口1,在配置第二CRS时,若资源块内需要补充的CRS仅涉及一个端口,则可仅在端口0上进行配置,而不考虑端口1,或是仅在端口1上配置而不考虑端口0,资源块内需要补充的CRS仅涉及两个端口,则在两个端口上均进行配置,相应的若第一CRS的天线端口有四个情况,则第二CRS按照补充需求在1到4个端口上进行配置。进一步可选的,基站可以根据第一CRS的位置或密度确定至少一个该第一CRS的天线端口对应的第二CRS的在资源块内的位置。It should be noted that, in the process of performing step 302, optionally, the base station configures the supplementary CRS for the resource block, and the base station configures the second CRS for the antenna port of the at least one first CRS in the resource block. For example, the antenna port of the first CRS has port 0 and port 1. When the second CRS is configured, if the CRS that needs to be supplemented in the resource block involves only one port, it can be configured only on port 0, regardless of port 1. Or only configure on port 1 without considering port 0. The CRS that needs to be supplemented in the resource block only involves two ports, and then it is configured on both ports. If there are four cases of the first CRS antenna port, Then, the second CRS is configured on 1 to 4 ports according to supplementary requirements. Further, the base station may determine, according to the location or density of the first CRS, a location of the second CRS corresponding to the antenna port of the first CRS in the resource block.
举例来说,请参阅图4a,其中图4a至图4g、以及图5和图6中,各填充图案表示如下:填充图案为左下或右上方向的直线则表示该填充图案所在的RE上为第一CRS,填充图案为左上或右下方向的直线则表示该填充图案所在的RE上为第二CRS,填充图案为纵向方向的直线则表示该填充图案所在的RE上为第三CRS。For example, please refer to FIG. 4a, wherein in FIG. 4a to FIG. 4g, and FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, each filling pattern is expressed as follows: a line whose filling pattern is in the lower left or upper right direction indicates that the RE of the filling pattern is the first A CRS, the line in which the fill pattern is in the upper left or lower right direction indicates that the RE on the RE where the fill pattern is located is the second CRS, and the line in which the fill pattern is in the longitudinal direction indicates that the RE on which the fill pattern is located is the third CRS.
第一CRS为正常子帧中配置2个小区专用天线端口的CRS映射的RE在PRB对中的位置,符号Rp表示天线端口p的参考信号所在的RE;第二CRS为根据第一CRS所在的RE在PRB对中的位置和密度确定的对应CRS天线端口的端口0和端口1的CRS映射的RE在PRB对中的位置。在1个PRB对内,共有168个RE,其中,第一CRS的密度为16/168,第一CRS所在符号为0、4、7、11,考虑时域位置,可以在符号2和符号9上分别为端口0和端口1各补充1个RE的第二CRS;考虑频域位置,补充的端口0和端口1的参考信号在频域的间隔相等。补充后的第一CRS和第二CRS在1个PRB对内的密度为20/168。The first CRS is a position of a CRS-mapped RE of a cell-specific antenna port in a normal subframe in a PRB pair, a symbol Rp represents an RE of a reference signal of the antenna port p, and a second CRS is located according to the first CRS. The location of the RE in the PRB pair and the location of the corresponding CRS mapped port of the CRS antenna port and the CRS mapped RE of the port 1 in the PRB pair. There are 168 REs in a PRB pair, where the density of the first CRS is 16/168, and the symbol of the first CRS is 0, 4, 7, and 11. Considering the time domain position, it can be in symbol 2 and symbol 9. The second CRS is supplemented with one RE for each of port 0 and port 1 respectively; considering the frequency domain position, the reference signals of the supplemental port 0 and port 1 are equal in the frequency domain. The density of the supplemental first CRS and second CRS within one PRB pair is 20/168.
又举例来说,请参阅图4b,第一CRS为正常子帧中配置4个小区专用天线端口的CRS映射的RE在PRB对中的位置,符号Rp表示天线端口p的参考信号所在的RE。其中,端口2和端口3的CRS密度比端口0和端口1的CRS密度小,因此基站可以在符号5和符号12上根据第一CRS中符号1和符号8上的端口2和端口3的参考信号图案补充对应端口2和端口3的第二CRS。 需要说明的是,图4b只是一个示意图,其中,对应端口2和端口3的第二CRS的参考信号的位置可以互换。For example, referring to FIG. 4b, the first CRS is the position of the RE of the CRS mapping of the four cell-specific antenna ports in the normal subframe in the PRB pair, and the symbol Rp represents the RE of the reference signal of the antenna port p. . Wherein the CRS density of port 2 and port 3 is smaller than the CRS density of port 0 and port 1, so the base station can refer to port 2 and port 3 on symbol 1 and symbol 8 in the first CRS on symbols 5 and 12 The signal pattern complements the second CRS corresponding to port 2 and port 3. It should be noted that FIG. 4b is only a schematic diagram in which the positions of the reference signals of the second CRS corresponding to the port 2 and the port 3 are interchangeable.
由于系统中可能同时存在使用正常1ms TTI传输的UE和使用短TTI传输的UE,对于使用短TTI传输的UE,UE将CSI测量信息上报给基站到基站使用该CSI信息对该UE进行调度之间的时间变短,在高速的场景下可以得到快速CSI反馈的增益,因此可以根据被调度的TTI的长度补充CRS。在具体实施步骤302的过程中,作为可选的,基站为资源块配置补充CRS包括基站根据资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度配置补充CRS。基站为资源块配置补充CRS前,可以先确定调度给UE的资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度。在短TTI传输中,TTI的长度可以为小于14的整数个时域符号,例如每次调度的TTI的时域符号个数为1、2、3、4、5、6、7等;频域调度长度可以和1ms TTI调度的长度相同,也可以比1ms TTI调度的长度更长或更短。可选的,基站根据资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度在该资源块内为至少一个该第一CRS的天线端口配置第二CRS。进一步可选的,基站可以根据资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度以及该资源块内第一CRS的位置或密度确定至少一个该第一CRS的天线端口对应的第二CRS的在该资源块内的位置。The UE that uses the normal 1ms TTI transmission and the UE that uses the short TTI transmission may exist in the system. For the UE that uses the short TTI transmission, the UE reports the CSI measurement information to the base station to the base station to use the CSI information to schedule the UE. The time is shortened, and the gain of fast CSI feedback can be obtained in a high-speed scenario, so the CRS can be supplemented according to the length of the scheduled TTI. In the process of performing step 302, optionally, the base station configures the supplementary CRS for the resource block, and the base station configures the supplementary CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block. Before the base station configures the supplementary CRS for the resource block, the base station may first determine the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block scheduled to be sent to the UE. In a short TTI transmission, the length of the TTI may be an integer number of time domain symbols less than 14, for example, the number of time domain symbols of each scheduled TTI is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, etc.; The scheduling length may be the same as the length of the 1ms TTI scheduling, or may be longer or shorter than the length of the 1ms TTI scheduling. Optionally, the base station configures, in the resource block, the second CRS for the antenna port of the at least one first CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block. Further, the base station may determine, according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block and the location or density of the first CRS in the resource block, the second CRS corresponding to the antenna port of the first CRS. The location within the resource block.
举例来说,同样请参阅图4b,第一CRS为正常子帧中配置4个小区专用天线端口的CRS映射的RE在PRB对中的位置,符号Rp表示天线端口p的参考信号所在的RE。假设该子帧可以分为四个短TTI,其中,第1个和第3个短TTI的长度为4个符号,第2个和第4个短TTI的长度为3个符号,由图4b可以看出,在第2个和第4个短TTI的调度资源块中,不包含端口2和端口3的CRS。考虑到在1个PRB对内端口2和端口3的CRS密度比端口0和端口1的CRS密度小,基站可以在该第2个和第4个短TTI的资源块中根据第一CRS中符号1和符号8上的端口2和端口3的参考信号图案补充对应端口2和端口3的第二CRS。For example, referring to FIG. 4b, the first CRS is the location of the CRS mapped RE of the four cell-specific antenna ports in the normal subframe in the PRB pair, and the symbol Rp represents the RE of the reference signal of the antenna port p. . It is assumed that the subframe can be divided into four short TTIs, wherein the lengths of the first and third short TTIs are 4 symbols, and the lengths of the 2nd and 4th short TTIs are 3 symbols, which can be represented by FIG. 4b. It can be seen that the CRSs of port 2 and port 3 are not included in the scheduling resource blocks of the 2nd and 4th short TTIs. Considering that the CRS density of port 2 and port 3 in one PRB pair is smaller than the CRS density of port 0 and port 1, the base station can base the symbols in the first CRS in the resource blocks of the second and fourth short TTIs. The reference signal patterns of port 2 and port 3 on 1 and 8 complement the second CRS of port 2 and port 3.
需要说明的是,一个子帧可以包含多种不同长度的短TTI,也可以仅包含一种长度的短TTI。上述例子中一个子帧包含了3个符号和4个符号两种长度的短TTI。图4c、图4d、图4e和图4f分别给出了第一CRS的天线端口个数为2、TTI长度为1个、2个、3个、4个时域符号时根据TTI长度补充第二 CRS的例子,其中第二CRS的端口为端口0或端口1。It should be noted that one subframe may include multiple short TTIs of different lengths, or may only include one short TTI of length. In the above example, one subframe contains short TTIs of two symbols and four symbols. 4c, 4d, 4e, and 4f respectively show that when the number of antenna ports of the first CRS is 2, and the length of the TTI is 1, 2, 3, or 4 time domain symbols, the second is added according to the length of the TTI. An example of a CRS in which the port of the second CRS is port 0 or port 1.
在本发明的实施例中,可选的,该第二CRS是小区专有的参考信号,即可以被小区内的所有UE识别的参考信号。可选的,该第二CRS是组专有的参考信号,比如是可以被支持一种或多种长度的短TTI传输的UE识别的参考信号。可选的,该第二CRS是UE专有参考信号,只有被调度到包含该第二CRS的资源块的UE才能识别的参考信号。可选的,该第二CRS是UE专有参考信号,基站通过信令指示UE该第二CRS是否存在和/或指示该第二CRS在资源块内的位置。In an embodiment of the present invention, optionally, the second CRS is a cell-specific reference signal, that is, a reference signal that can be recognized by all UEs in the cell. Optionally, the second CRS is a group-specific reference signal, such as a reference signal that can be recognized by a UE that supports short TTI transmission of one or more lengths. Optionally, the second CRS is a UE-specific reference signal, and only the reference signal that is scheduled to be recognized by the UE that includes the resource block of the second CRS. Optionally, the second CRS is a UE-specific reference signal, and the base station indicates, by signaling, whether the second CRS exists in the UE and/or indicates a location of the second CRS in the resource block.
其中,作为可选的,第二CRS和第一CRS的发射功率相同或不同。可选的,当第二CRS和第一CRS的发射功率不同时,基站可以通过RRC信令或MAC信令或物理层信令或预定义等方式通知UE第二CRS和第一CRS的发射功率的关系,或第二CRS和数据的发射功率的关系,或第二CRS的发射功率信息。具体通知方式与实施例1步骤301的说明中将第一CRS的天线端口信息通知给UE的方式相类似,此处不再赘述。Wherein, as an option, the transmit powers of the second CRS and the first CRS are the same or different. Optionally, when the transmit power of the second CRS and the first CRS are different, the base station may notify the UE of the transmit power of the second CRS and the first CRS by using RRC signaling or MAC signaling, or physical layer signaling, or a predefined manner. The relationship, or the relationship between the transmission power of the second CRS and the data, or the transmission power information of the second CRS. The specific notification manner is similar to the manner in which the antenna port information of the first CRS is notified to the UE in the description of the step 301 in the first embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
其中,作为可选的,第二CRS和第一CRS是具有相同特征的参考信号,例如第一CRS和第二CRS均不携带预编码矩阵信息,或第一CRS和第二CRS均携带预编码矩阵信息。由于第一CRS的天线端口和第二CRS的天线端口相同,UE可以联合第一CRS和第二CRS进行AGC调整、时频同步、RRM测量、控制信道解调、CSI测量、数据信道解调等操作。Optionally, the second CRS and the first CRS are reference signals having the same feature, for example, the first CRS and the second CRS do not carry the precoding matrix information, or the first CRS and the second CRS both carry the precoding. Matrix information. Since the antenna port of the first CRS and the antenna port of the second CRS are the same, the UE may perform AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, RRM measurement, control channel demodulation, CSI measurement, data channel demodulation, etc. in conjunction with the first CRS and the second CRS. operating.
情形二、补充CRS仅包括第三CRS。 Case 2, the supplementary CRS only includes the third CRS.
可以理解的是,在系统中,基站可以为一个小区内的多个UE提供服务,因此可能出现不同UE对配置的CRS天线端口数需求不同的场景。可选的,基站为一个小区内的所有UE配置第一CRS,为有新增天线端口需求的UE配置第一CRS和补充CRS,其中补充CRS仅包括第三CRS,第三CRS和第一CRS的天线端口不同。It can be understood that, in the system, the base station can provide services for multiple UEs in one cell, and therefore different scenarios in which different UEs have different requirements for the configured number of CRS antenna ports may occur. Optionally, the base station configures a first CRS for all UEs in a cell, and configures a first CRS and a supplementary CRS for the UE with the newly added antenna port requirement, where the supplementary CRS includes only the third CRS, the third CRS, and the first CRS. The antenna ports are different.
需要说明的是,基站为不同UE配置的新增的天线端口可以相同或不同。举例来说,基站可以对所有UE(例如使用1ms和短TTI传输的UE)配置2个天线端口的第一CRS,对所有使用短TTI传输的UE补充配置2个新增天线端口的第三CRS。又举例来说,基站可以对所有UE配置1个天线端口的第一 CRS,对其中一部分UE补充配置1个新增天线端口的第三CRS,对其中另一部分UE补充配置3个新增天线端口的第三CRS。It should be noted that the newly added antenna ports configured by the base station for different UEs may be the same or different. For example, the base station may configure a first CRS of 2 antenna ports for all UEs (eg, UEs transmitting using 1 ms and short TTI), and a third CRS configured with 2 new antenna ports for all UEs using short TTI transmissions. . For another example, the base station can configure the first of one antenna port for all UEs. The CRS is a third CRS in which a part of the UE is configured with one new antenna port, and the other part of the UE is supplemented with a third CRS in which three new antenna ports are configured.
在具体实施步骤302的过程中,可选的,基站为资源块配置补充CRS包括基站在资源块内为至少一个该第三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS。In the process of performing step 302, optionally, the base station configures the supplemental CRS for the resource block, and the base station configures the third CRS for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS in the resource block.
举例来说,请参阅图5,第一CRS为正常子帧中配置2个小区专用天线端口的CRS映射的RE在PRB对中的位置,符号Rp表示天线端口p的参考信号所在的RE,第一CRS的天线端口为端口0和端口1;第三CRS的天线端口为端口2和端口3,图5中给出了第三CRS对应CRS天线端口2和端口3的CRS映射的RE在PRB对中的位置。其中,基站在符号1和符号8上根据第一CRS中的端口2和端口3的参考信号图案补充对应端口2’和端口3’的第三CRS;在符号5和符号12上根据符号1和符号8上的参考信号图案补充对应端口2和端口3的第三CRS。For example, referring to FIG. 5, the first CRS is a position of a CRS-mapped RE of a cell-specific antenna port in a normal subframe in a PRB pair, and a symbol Rp represents an RE of a reference signal of the antenna port p. The antenna ports of the first CRS are port 0 and port 1; the antenna ports of the third CRS are port 2 and port 3, and the CRS mapping RE of the third CRS corresponding CRS antenna port 2 and port 3 is given in PRB in FIG. The position of the center. Wherein, the base station supplements the third CRS of the corresponding port 2' and the port 3' according to the reference signal patterns of the port 2 and the port 3 in the first CRS on the symbols 1 and 8, and according to the symbol 1 and the symbols 1 and 12 The reference signal pattern on symbol 8 supplements the third CRS corresponding to port 2 and port 3.
在具体实施步骤302的过程中,可选的,基站可以根据资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度在该资源块内为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS。基站为资源块配置第三CRS前,可以先确定调度给UE的资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度。Optionally, the base station may configure, in the resource block, a third CRS for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block. Before the base station configures the third CRS for the resource block, the base station may first determine the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block scheduled to be sent to the UE.
在一个实施例中,请参阅图5,第一CRS为正常子帧中配置2个小区专用天线端口的CRS映射的RE在PRB对中的位置,符号Rp表示天线端口p的参考信号所在的RE。假设该子帧可以分为四个短TTI,其中,第1个和第3个短TTI的长度为4个符号,第2个和第4个短TTI的长度为3个符号。假设基站确定该子帧的补充CRS的天线端口为端口2和端口3,基站可以在上述短TTI的调度资源块中分别补充对应端口2和端口3的第三CRS。In an embodiment, referring to FIG. 5, the first CRS is a position of a CRS mapped RE of a 2 cell dedicated antenna port in a normal subframe, and a symbol Rp indicates a reference signal of the antenna port p. RE. It is assumed that the subframe can be divided into four short TTIs, wherein the lengths of the first and third short TTIs are 4 symbols, and the lengths of the second and fourth short TTIs are 3 symbols. Assuming that the base station determines that the antenna ports of the supplementary CRS of the subframe are port 2 and port 3, the base station may supplement the third CRS corresponding to port 2 and port 3 respectively in the scheduling resource blocks of the short TTI.
在另一个实施例中,可选的,基站确定该资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,其中M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;和/或,基站确定该资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,其中N为不小于1且不大于10的整数。可选的,基站确定该资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,其中P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。进一步可选的,基站确定该资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号时,基站配置补充CRS包括以下步骤中的至少一个:当M为不小于1且不大于3的整 数时,基站在该资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置1个RE;当M为不小于4且不大于7的整数时,基站在该资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置2个RE;当M为不小于8且不大于14的整数时,基站在该资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第三的CRS天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置4个RE。In another embodiment, optionally, the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, where M is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 14; and/or, the base station determines the resource block. The time domain length is N subframes, where N is an integer not less than 1 and not more than 10. Optionally, the base station determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRB or RBG or RE or REG, where P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is a PRB number or RBG number or RE corresponding to the system bandwidth. Number or REG number. Further, when the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, the base station configuration supplementing the CRS includes at least one of the following steps: when M is not less than 1 and not greater than 3 The number of times, the base station configures one RE for each antenna port of the third CRS in the antenna port of the at least one third CRS in each PRB in the resource block; when M is an integer not less than 4 and not more than 7 The base station configures 2 REs for each of the antenna ports of the third CRS in each of the PRBs in each of the PRBs; when M is an integer not less than 8 and not greater than 14 The base station configures 4 REs for each of the at least one third CRS antenna port in each PRB in the resource block.
需要说明的是,一个子帧可以包含多种不同的短TTI长度,也可以仅包含一种短TTI长度。图4c至图4g分别给出了第一CRS的端口为端口0和端口1、TTI长度为1个、2个、3个、4个、7个符号时根据上述原则补充第三CRS的例子,其中第三CRS的端口为端口2和端口3。It should be noted that one subframe may include multiple different short TTI lengths, or may only include one short TTI length. 4c to 4g respectively show an example in which the port of the first CRS is port 0 and port 1, and the length of the TTI is 1, 2, 3, 4, and 7 symbols, and the third CRS is supplemented according to the above principle. The port of the third CRS is port 2 and port 3.
在本发明的实施例中,第三CRS可被设置成多种类型的参考信号,例如该第三CRS可以是小区专有的参考信号,即可以被小区内的所有UE识别的参考信号。又例如,该第三CRS可以是组专有的参考信号,比如是可以被支持一种或多种长度的短TTI传输的UE识别的参考信号。又例如,该第三CRS是UE专有参考信号,只有被调度到包含该第三CRS的资源块的UE才能识别的参考信号,或UE只有被配置了第三CRS的天线端口,基站才会在UE被调度的资源块上为该UE补充第三CRS。再例如,该第三CRS是UE专有参考信号,基站通过信令指示UE该第三CRS是否存在和/或指示该第三CRS在资源块内的位置。In an embodiment of the present invention, the third CRS may be set to multiple types of reference signals, for example, the third CRS may be a cell-specific reference signal, ie, a reference signal that can be recognized by all UEs within the cell. As another example, the third CRS can be a group-specific reference signal, such as a reference signal that can be recognized by a UE that supports one or more lengths of short TTI transmission. For another example, the third CRS is a UE-specific reference signal, and only the reference signal that is scheduled by the UE that is allocated to the resource block that includes the third CRS, or the UE only has the antenna port configured with the third CRS, the base station The UE is supplemented with a third CRS on the resource block on which the UE is scheduled. For another example, the third CRS is a UE-specific reference signal, and the base station indicates, by signaling, whether the third CRS exists in the UE and/or indicates a location of the third CRS in the resource block.
可选的,第三CRS和第一CRS的发射功率相同或不同。可选的,当第三CRS和第一CRS的发射功率不同时,基站可以通过RRC信令或MAC信令或物理层信令或预定义等方式通知UE第三CRS和第一CRS的发射功率的关系,或第三CRS和数据的发射功率的关系,或第三CRS的发射功率信息。Optionally, the transmit powers of the third CRS and the first CRS are the same or different. Optionally, when the transmit powers of the third CRS and the first CRS are different, the base station may notify the UE of the transmit power of the third CRS and the first CRS by using RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling or a predefined manner. The relationship, or the relationship between the third CRS and the transmit power of the data, or the transmit power information of the third CRS.
可选的,第三CRS和第一CRS是具有相同特征的参考信号,例如第一CRS和第三CRS均不携带预编码矩阵信息,或第一CRS和第三CRS均携带预编码矩阵信息。由于第一CRS的天线端口和第三CRS的天线端口不同,第三CRS的天线端口可以被认为是第一CRS的虚拟天线端口,UE需要确定第三CRS的天线端口,才可以联合第一CRS和第三CRS进行AGC调整、时频同步、RRM测量、控制信道解调、CSI测量、数据信道解调等操作。 Optionally, the third CRS and the first CRS are reference signals having the same feature, for example, the first CRS and the third CRS do not carry precoding matrix information, or the first CRS and the third CRS both carry precoding matrix information. Since the antenna port of the first CRS and the antenna port of the third CRS are different, the antenna port of the third CRS can be regarded as the virtual antenna port of the first CRS, and the UE needs to determine the antenna port of the third CRS, so that the first CRS can be combined. And the third CRS performs operations such as AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, RRM measurement, control channel demodulation, CSI measurement, and data channel demodulation.
可选的,基站可以通过多种方式使UE确定第三CRS的天线端口。举例来说,基站可以通过RRC信令或MAC信令或物理层信令等方式将用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息通知给UE;基站可以通过对调度该UE的PDCCH的CRC进行扰码的方式将用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息通知给UE;基站可以通过预定义的方式将用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息通知给UE;当基站有多个载波时,基站还可以通过非本载波的信令将本载波的用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息通知给UE,具体采用哪种方式通知UE可根据实际情况进行选择。需要说明的是,该用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息可以是第三CRS的天线端口的个数,也可以是第三CRS的天线端口号,还可以是CRS天线端口的总个数,该CRS天线端口的总个数包含第三CRS的天线端口的个数和第一CRS的天线端口的个数,由于UE可以确定第一CRS的天线端口的个数,因此可通过CRS天线端口的总个数计算出第三CRS的天线端口的个数。相应的,UE可以根据该用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息确定第三CRS的天线端口的个数或第三CRS的天线端口号。Optionally, the base station may enable the UE to determine an antenna port of the third CRS in multiple manners. For example, the base station may notify the UE of the port information used to determine the antenna port of the third CRS by means of RRC signaling or MAC signaling or physical layer signaling, etc.; the base station may perform the CRC on the PDCCH that schedules the UE. The method of the scrambling code notifies the UE of the port information for determining the antenna port of the third CRS; the base station may notify the UE of the port information for determining the antenna port of the third CRS in a predefined manner; when the base station has multiple When the carrier is used, the base station may also notify the UE of the port information of the carrier port of the carrier that is used to determine the third CRS by using the signaling of the non-local carrier, and the method may be used to notify the UE to select according to the actual situation. It should be noted that the port information used to determine the antenna port of the third CRS may be the number of antenna ports of the third CRS, the antenna port number of the third CRS, or the total number of CRS antenna ports. The total number of the CRS antenna ports includes the number of antenna ports of the third CRS and the number of antenna ports of the first CRS. Since the UE can determine the number of antenna ports of the first CRS, the CRS antenna can be adopted. The total number of ports calculates the number of antenna ports of the third CRS. Correspondingly, the UE may determine the number of antenna ports of the third CRS or the antenna port number of the third CRS according to the port information of the antenna port for determining the third CRS.
可以理解的是,在系统中,UE需要先解调PDCCH才能确定是否要接收物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared CHannel,PDSCH)。对于被配置第三CRS的UE,可选的,UE仅使用第一CRS对PDCCH进行解调。可选的,UE仅使用第三CRS对PDCCH进行解调。可选的,UE需要联合使用第一CRS和第三CRS才能对PDCCH进行解调。可以理解的是,UE在使用第三CRS前需要确定第三CRS的天线端口的个数或第三CRS的天线端口号。It can be understood that in the system, the UE needs to demodulate the PDCCH before determining whether to receive a Physical Downlink Shared CHannel (PDSCH). For the UE configured with the third CRS, optionally, the UE demodulates the PDCCH using only the first CRS. Optionally, the UE demodulates the PDCCH using only the third CRS. Optionally, the UE needs to jointly use the first CRS and the third CRS to demodulate the PDCCH. It can be understood that the UE needs to determine the number of antenna ports of the third CRS or the antenna port number of the third CRS before using the third CRS.
可以理解的是,考虑到参考信号的发射功率较大可以使信道估计更准确,当参考信号和数据在同一个符号上进行发送时,基站可以将该符号上数据的部分发射功率放到该符号的参考信号上,使参考信号的发射功率变大,提高信道估计的性能。相应的,UE需要确定参考信号和数据的功率信息,才能正确对数据进行解调。因此,可选的,基站通知UE参考信号和数据传输的功率控制参数信息,该功率控制参数信息可以包括以下信息中的至少一种:有第一CRS和补充CRS的符号上的导频数据功率比;没有第一CRS和补充CRS的符号上的导频数据功率比;有第一CRS和补充CRS的符号上的数据功率和没有第 一CRS和补充CRS的符号上的数据功率的比值;第一CRS的天线端口的个数;第三CRS的天线端口的个数;第一CRS和第三CRS的天线端口的个数之和。It can be understood that considering that the transmission power of the reference signal is large, the channel estimation can be made more accurate. When the reference signal and the data are transmitted on the same symbol, the base station can put the partial transmission power of the data on the symbol to the symbol. On the reference signal, the transmission power of the reference signal is increased to improve the performance of the channel estimation. Correspondingly, the UE needs to determine the power information of the reference signal and the data in order to correctly demodulate the data. Therefore, optionally, the base station notifies the UE of the power control parameter information of the reference signal and the data transmission, and the power control parameter information may include at least one of the following information: the pilot data power on the symbol of the first CRS and the supplementary CRS Ratio; pilot data power ratio on symbols without first CRS and supplemental CRS; data power on symbols with first CRS and supplemental CRS and no The ratio of the data power on the symbols of a CRS and the supplementary CRS; the number of antenna ports of the first CRS; the number of antenna ports of the third CRS; and the sum of the number of antenna ports of the first CRS and the third CRS.
情形三、补充CRS包括第二CRS和第三CRS。Case 3: The supplementary CRS includes a second CRS and a third CRS.
可以理解的是,在系统中,基站可以为一个小区内的多个UE提供服务,可能同时包括需要补充第二CRS和第三CRS的情形,例如可能出现不同UE对配置的CRS天线端口数需求不同的场景,例如其中一部分UE要求的CRS天线端口数是多于其他UE要求的CRS天线端口数,又例如针对该小区内的所有UE来说,资源块内的第一CRS的数量不足,导致无法保证高速或高阶调制等各种场景下的性能。此时,作为可选的,基站可为一个小区内的UE配置第一CRS和第二CRS,并为这些UE中有新增天线端口需求的UE再额外配置第三CRS,第二CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同,第三CRS和第一CRS的天线端口不同。It can be understood that, in the system, the base station may provide services for multiple UEs in one cell, and may also include situations in which the second CRS and the third CRS need to be supplemented, for example, the number of CRS antenna ports required by different UEs may be configured. Different scenarios, for example, the number of CRS antenna ports required by a part of UEs is more than the number of CRS antenna ports required by other UEs, and for example, for all UEs in the cell, the number of first CRSs in the resource blocks is insufficient, resulting in Performance in various scenarios such as high speed or high-order modulation cannot be guaranteed. In this case, the base station may configure the first CRS and the second CRS for the UEs in one cell, and further configure the third CRS and the second CRS antenna for the UEs with the newly added antenna port requirements in the UEs. The port is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS, and the third CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
其中,在具体实施步骤302的过程中,作为可选的,包括第二CRS配置步骤:基站在资源块内为至少一个第一CRS的天线端口配置第二CRS;以及第三CRS配置步骤:基站在资源块内为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS。In the process of performing step 302, optionally, the method includes: a second CRS configuration step: the base station configures a second CRS for the antenna port of the at least one first CRS in the resource block; and a third CRS configuration step: the base station A third CRS is configured within the resource block for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS.
可以理解的是,第二CRS配置步骤和第三CRS配置步骤之间并没有绝对的顺序关系,其中,具体的第二CRS配置步骤与上述情形一类似,可参见上述情形一,而具体的第三CRS配置步骤与上述情形二类似,可参见上述情形二,此处均不再赘述。It can be understood that there is no absolute order relationship between the second CRS configuration step and the third CRS configuration step. The specific second CRS configuration step is similar to the foregoing scenario 1. For the foregoing scenario 1, the specific The three CRS configuration steps are similar to the above case 2. For the second case, the details are not described here.
可以理解的是,第二CRS和第三CRS可以是同类型的参考信号,例如第二CRS和第三CRS都是小区专有参考信号,或第二CRS和第三CRS都是组专有参考信号,或第二CRS和第三CRS都是UE专有参考信号。第二CRS和第三CRS可以是不同类型的参考信号,例如第二CRS是组专有参考信号,第三CRS是UE专有参考信号,或第二CRS是UE专有参考信号,第三CRS是组专有参考信号。在一个实施例中,请参阅图6,第一CRS为正常子帧中配置2个小区专用天线端口的CRS映射的RE在PRB对中的位置,符号Rp表示天线端口p的参考信号所在的RE。第二CRS是对应CRS天线端口0和端口1 的组专有参考信号,第二CRS可以被所有支持短TTI传输的UE识别;第三CRS是对应CRS天线端口2和端口3的UE专有参考信号,第三CRS可以被配置了第三CRS天线端口并被调度到承载有第三CRS的资源块的UE识别。It can be understood that the second CRS and the third CRS can be the same type of reference signals, for example, the second CRS and the third CRS are both cell-specific reference signals, or the second CRS and the third CRS are group-specific reference. The signal, or the second CRS and the third CRS, are UE-specific reference signals. The second CRS and the third CRS may be different types of reference signals, for example, the second CRS is a group-specific reference signal, the third CRS is a UE-specific reference signal, or the second CRS is a UE-specific reference signal, and the third CRS Is a group-specific reference signal. In an embodiment, referring to FIG. 6, the first CRS is a location of a CRS mapped RE of a two cell-specific antenna port in a normal subframe in a PRB pair, and a symbol Rp indicates a reference signal of the antenna port p. RE. The second CRS is a group-specific reference signal corresponding to CRS antenna port 0 and port 1, the second CRS can be identified by all UEs supporting short TTI transmission; the third CRS is a UE-specific reference corresponding to CRS antenna port 2 and port 3. The third CRS may be configured with a third CRS antenna port and scheduled to be identified by the UE carrying the resource block of the third CRS.
可以理解的是,同样可参见图4c至图4g,图4c至图4g分别是第一CRS的天线端口个数为2、短TTI的时域符号数量为1个、2个、3个、4个、7个时在PRB对中第一CRS、第二CRS和第三CRS的分布情形。It can be understood that, as shown in FIG. 4c to FIG. 4g, FIG. 4c to FIG. 4g respectively show that the number of antenna ports of the first CRS is 2, and the number of time domain symbols of the short TTI is 1, 2, 3, 4, respectively. Distribution of the first CRS, the second CRS, and the third CRS in the PRB pair.
需要说明的是,在按照短TTI的时域符号在资源块内配置第一CRS、第二CRS和第三CRS时,在该资源块中,第二CRS所在RE与第三CRS所在RE是不相同的,即针对资源块内的一个RE来说,仅会被配置为一个天线端口的CRS,当然,若是在按照上述配置第二CRS步骤配置的第二CRS和配置第三CRS步骤配置的第三CRS被配置在资源块上的同一RE时,可以按照系统当前需求进行配置。举例来说,如当前对第三CRS需求量大,则第三CRS在配置上的优先级较高,例如,假设小区中大部分UE都需要使用第三CRS来完成接收端信号处理,此时针对第二CRS和第三CRS在同一RE重叠情况,可优先在该RE上配置第三CRS;又例如,当前对第二CRS需求量大,即小区中仅有很小部分的UE需要使用第三CRS来完成接收端信号处理,更多UE需要使用第二CRS来辅助信道估计,使高速或高阶的场景下能保证接收端的解调性能,此时,针对第二CRS和第三CRS在同一RE重叠情况,可优先在该RE上配置第二CRS。需要说明的是,这种按照系统当前需求配置的方式需要基站通知UE该RE上的CRS对应的天线端口。It should be noted that, when the first CRS, the second CRS, and the third CRS are configured in the resource block according to the time domain symbol of the short TTI, the RE of the second CRS and the RE of the third CRS are not in the resource block. The same, that is, for one RE in the resource block, only the CRS of one antenna port is configured, of course, if it is configured in the second CRS and the third CRS step configured according to the above configuration of the second CRS step When the three CRSs are configured in the same RE on the resource block, they can be configured according to the current requirements of the system. For example, if the current demand for the third CRS is large, the third CRS has a higher priority in configuration. For example, it is assumed that most of the UEs in the cell need to use the third CRS to complete the signal processing at the receiving end. The third CRS may be preferentially configured on the RE in the case of the same RE overlap in the second CRS and the third CRS; for example, the current demand for the second CRS is large, that is, only a small part of the UE in the cell needs to use the first The third CRS is used to complete the signal processing at the receiving end. More UEs need to use the second CRS to assist the channel estimation, so that the demodulation performance of the receiving end can be guaranteed in a high-speed or high-order scenario. At this time, for the second CRS and the third CRS. In the case of the same RE overlap, the second CRS may be preferentially configured on the RE. It should be noted that the manner in which the system is configured according to the current requirements of the system requires the base station to notify the UE of the antenna port corresponding to the CRS on the RE.
可以看出,在本实施例中,当出现第二CRS和第三CRS在资源块的RE上出现重叠时,会灵活根据当前情形进行最为有效的分配,当然,在一些实施例中,当出现第二CRS和第三CRS在资源块的RE上出现重叠时,也可预先定义规则,即当出现重叠时,一律配置给第二CRS或第三CRS。It can be seen that, in this embodiment, when there occurs an overlap between the second CRS and the third CRS on the RE of the resource block, the most efficient allocation is flexibly according to the current situation. Of course, in some embodiments, when When the second CRS and the third CRS overlap on the RE of the resource block, the rule may be defined in advance, that is, when the overlap occurs, the second CRS or the third CRS is uniformly configured.
可选的,本实施例中,第一CRS和第二CRS有相同的天线虚拟化方式,第一CRS和第三CRS可以有相同的天线虚拟化方式,也可以有不同的天线虚拟化方式。举例来说,假设基站配置第一CRS的天线端口个数为2,第三CRS的天线端口个数也为2,基站有8个物理天线。在天线虚拟化过程中,每个第一CRS的天线端口和每个第三CRS的天线端口都可以对应2个物理天线,即 2个物理天线发送同一个天线端口承载的信息;或者,每个第一CRS的天线端口对应2个物理天线,每个第三CRS的天线端口对应1个物理天线,即每个第一CRS天线端口承载的信息由2个物理天线发送,每个第三CRS天线端口承载的信息由1个物理天线发送。Optionally, in this embodiment, the first CRS and the second CRS have the same antenna virtualization mode, and the first CRS and the third CRS may have the same antenna virtualization mode, or may have different antenna virtualization modes. For example, assume that the number of antenna ports configured by the base station to the first CRS is 2, the number of antenna ports of the third CRS is also 2, and the base station has 8 physical antennas. In the antenna virtualization process, the antenna port of each first CRS and the antenna port of each third CRS may correspond to two physical antennas, that is, Two physical antennas transmit information carried by the same antenna port; or, each antenna port of the first CRS corresponds to two physical antennas, and each antenna port of the third CRS corresponds to one physical antenna, that is, each first CRS antenna The information carried by the port is sent by two physical antennas, and the information carried by each third CRS antenna port is sent by one physical antenna.
303、基站传输承载有第一CRS和补充CRS的资源块。303. The base station transmits a resource block that carries the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
可以理解的是,基站在资源块上配置好第一CRS和补充CRS之后,基站传输该资源块。其中,可选的,该资源块上只承载第一CRS和补充CRS;可选的,该资源块上除了承载第一CRS和补充CRS外,还承载其他信息,例如控制信息和/或数据信息等。It can be understood that after the base station configures the first CRS and the supplementary CRS on the resource block, the base station transmits the resource block. Optionally, the resource block carries only the first CRS and the supplementary CRS. Optionally, the resource block carries other information, such as control information and/or data information, in addition to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS. Wait.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,可选的,基站可以通过预定义或信令指示的方式将资源块的大小通知给UE。可选的,基站通知该资源块的时域长度和频域长度的方式可以相同或不同。举例来说,基站可以通过预定义的方式规定资源块的长度,通过信令指示的方式通知UE资源块的频域长度;基站也可以通过信令指示的方式通知资源块的时域长度和频域长度。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, optionally, the base station may notify the UE of the size of the resource block by means of a predefined or signaling indication. Optionally, the manner in which the base station notifies the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block may be the same or different. For example, the base station may specify the length of the resource block in a predefined manner, and notify the frequency domain length of the resource block of the UE by means of signaling indication; the base station may also notify the time domain length and frequency of the resource block by means of signaling indication. Domain length.
需要说明的是,针对上述三种情形步骤303具体执行的内容有所不同,例如,针对上述情形一,补充CRS仅包含第二CRS时,步骤303具体可为:基站传输承载有第一CRS和第二CRS的资源块;It should be noted that, for the foregoing three scenarios, the content of the specific CRS is different. For example, when the supplementary CRS includes only the second CRS, the step 303 may specifically be: the base station transmits the first CRS and a resource block of the second CRS;
又例如,针对情形二,补充CRS仅包括第三CRS时,步骤303具体可为:基站传输承载有第一CRS和第三CRS的资源块;For example, for the case 2, when the supplementary CRS includes only the third CRS, the step 303 may be specifically: the base station transmits the resource block carrying the first CRS and the third CRS;
再例如,针对情形三,补充CRS既包括第二CRS又包括第三CRS时,步骤303具体可为:基站传输承载有第一CRS、第二CRS和第三CRS的资源块。For example, for the case where the supplementary CRS includes the second CRS and the third CRS, the step 303 may specifically be: the base station transmits the resource block carrying the first CRS, the second CRS, and the third CRS.
可以看出,采用本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法,通过在资源块内配置并且传输第一CRS和补充CRS,当该补充CRS的天线端口和第一CRS的天线端口相同时,可以增加第一CRS在资源块内的密度,使得CRS可以保证高速或高阶调制等各种场景下的性能;当该补充CRS的天线端口和第一CRS的天线端口不同时,可以支持一个小区内不同UE使用不同CRS天线端口进行数据传输。It can be seen that, by using the reference signal transmission method in the embodiment of the present invention, by configuring and transmitting the first CRS and the supplementary CRS in the resource block, when the antenna port of the supplementary CRS and the antenna port of the first CRS are the same, the The density of the first CRS in the resource block enables the CRS to guarantee performance in various scenarios such as high-speed or high-order modulation; when the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS, it can support different intra-cells. The UE uses different CRS antenna ports for data transmission.
实施例2 Example 2
下面对本发明实施例的另一种参考信号的传输方法进行介绍,请参阅图7,本发明实施例提供的参考信号传输方法的一个实施例图,如图7所示,本发明实施例提供一种参考信号的传输方法,可包括以下步骤:The following is a description of another method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 7, an embodiment of a reference signal transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention is shown in FIG. A method for transmitting a reference signal may include the following steps:
701、基站确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度。701. The base station determines a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block.
其中,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分。The resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, and the information includes a data part and a reference signal part.
需要说明的是,信息中的数据部分包括控制信息和/或数据信息,这些信息具体承载在物理信道上,该物理信道包括以下之一或者组合:PDCCH、PDSCH、增强的物理下行控制信道(Enhanced-Physical Downlink Control CHannel,EPDCCH)、物理控制格式指示信道(Physical Control Format Indicator Channel,PCFICH)、物理混合重传指示信道(Physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel,PHICH),或是一些新的标准中功能相同,但是名称不同的信道,例如短TTI传输中引入的控制信道或数据信道等,当然,调度该资源块的控制信息也可以不承载在该资源块上。UE可通过解调调度该资源块的控制信息或预定义的方式来确定该资源块的时域长度。另外,一种比较特殊的情况是信息中的数据部分不包含任何信息,即资源块承载的信息仅包括参考信号部分。It should be noted that the data part of the information includes control information and/or data information, which is specifically carried on a physical channel, and the physical channel includes one or a combination of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, and enhanced physical downlink control channel (Enhanced) -Physical Downlink Control CHannel (EPDCCH), Physical Control Format Indicator Channel (PCFICH), Physical Hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH), or the same function in some new standards. However, the channel with different name, such as the control channel or data channel introduced in the short TTI transmission, of course, the control information for scheduling the resource block may not be carried on the resource block. The UE may determine the time domain length of the resource block by demodulating the control information of the resource block or a predefined manner. In addition, a more special case is that the data part of the information does not contain any information, that is, the information carried by the resource block only includes the reference signal part.
需要说明的是,该资源块是调度给UE的用于信号传输的资源块,因此需要确定该资源块的大小,即该资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度。通常情况下,该资源块大小可以为系统所有可用资源的子集,由基站的调度方式决定,即频域上包含整数个PRB或整数个RBG或整数个子载波,时域上包含整数个符号。It should be noted that the resource block is a resource block for signal transmission scheduled to the UE, and therefore the size of the resource block, that is, the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block, needs to be determined. Generally, the resource block size may be a subset of all available resources of the system, which is determined by the scheduling mode of the base station, that is, the frequency domain includes an integer number of PRBs or an integer number of RBGs or an integer number of subcarriers, and the time domain includes an integer number of symbols.
需要说明的是,若仅确定了频域长度而未确定时域长度时,则默认时域长度是7个时域符号或14个时域符号,即相当于现有划分方式的1个时隙或1个子帧,若是确定时域长度而未确定频域长度时,则默认按照现有划分方式,即频域长度为1个PRB或1个RBG的频域长度。It should be noted that if only the frequency domain length is determined and the time domain length is not determined, the default time domain length is 7 time domain symbols or 14 time domain symbols, that is, 1 time slot corresponding to the existing division mode. Or one subframe, if the length of the time domain is determined and the frequency domain length is not determined, the default division mode is adopted, that is, the frequency domain length is the frequency domain length of one PRB or one RBG.
作为可选的,步骤701中基站确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度有多种方式,具体的针对基站确定资源块的时域长度,可采用如下方式中的至少一种,Optionally, in step 701, the base station determines the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block in multiple manners. Specifically, the base station determines the time domain length of the resource block, and at least one of the following manners may be adopted.
方式一、基站确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数。 Manner 1: The base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14.
方式二、基站确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,N为不小于1且不大于10的整数。Manner 2: The base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 10.
方式三、基站确定一个子帧内包含整数个资源块,其中,每个资源块的时域长度可以相同,例如一个子帧包含7个TTI长度为2个符号的资源块,或一个子帧包含2个TTI长度为7个符号的资源块;每个资源块的时域长度也可以不相同,例如一个子帧包含4个资源块,对应的TTI长度分别为4个、3个、4个、3个符号。Manner 3: The base station determines that one subframe includes an integer number of resource blocks, where each resource block may have the same time domain length, for example, one subframe includes seven resource blocks with a TTI length of 2 symbols, or one subframe includes Two resource blocks with a TTI length of 7 symbols; the time domain length of each resource block may also be different. For example, one subframe includes 4 resource blocks, and the corresponding TTI lengths are 4, 3, and 4 respectively. 3 symbols.
针对基站确定资源块的频域长度,可采用如下方式:For determining the frequency domain length of the resource block for the base station, the following manner may be adopted:
基站确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。The base station determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRB or RBG or RE or REG, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
702、基站为资源块配置第一DM-RS。702. The base station configures a first DM-RS for the resource block.
其中,第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口,参考信号部分包括该第一DM-RS。The antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE-dedicated demodulation antenna port, and the reference signal portion includes the first DM-RS.
可以理解的是,在确定资源块后,即可进行第一DM-RS的配置过程,具体的,首先确定出第一DM-RS的天线端口,该天线端口的端口信息可以由基站进行确定;也可以由UE进行确定,并通过信令将该第一DM-RS的天线端口信息上报给基站;第一DM-RS的天线端口还可以是预先定义好的,基站和UE都按照预先的定义确定出第一DM-RS的天线端口。It can be understood that, after the resource block is determined, the configuration process of the first DM-RS can be performed. Specifically, the antenna port of the first DM-RS is first determined, and the port information of the antenna port can be determined by the base station; The antenna port of the first DM-RS may be reported to the base station by using the signaling. The antenna port of the first DM-RS may also be predefined, and the base station and the UE are defined according to the foregoing. The antenna port of the first DM-RS is determined.
其中,在步骤701中对时域长度和/或频域长度进行确定后,基站会根据时域长度的不同,为每PRB中的第一DM-RS的天线端口配置RE数量不相同的第一DM-RS。After determining the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length in step 701, the base station configures the first number of REs of the first DM-RS in each PRB according to the length of the time domain. DM-RS.
在具体实施步骤702的过程中,可选的,基站确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,根据资源块的时域长度的不同,基站配置第一DM-RS包括以下步骤中的至少一个:Optionally, the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and the base station configuring the first DM-RS includes the following steps according to the time domain length of the resource block. at least one:
一、当M为不小于1且不大于3的整数时,基站根据第一DM-RS的天线端口为资源块配置第一DM-RS,包括:When the M is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 3, the base station configures the first DM-RS according to the antenna port of the first DM-RS, and includes:
基站在资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第一DM-RS的天线端口中的每个第一DM-RS的天线端口配置1个RE; The base station configures one RE for each antenna port of the first DM-RS of the antenna ports of the at least one first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block;
具体的,在M不小于1且不大于3时,第一DM-RS的分配情形与图3所示实施例中情形二中的针对第三CRS分布的情形类似。Specifically, when M is not less than 1 and not more than 3, the allocation situation of the first DM-RS is similar to the case of the third CRS distribution in the second case in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3.
二、当M为不小于4且不大于7的整数时,基站根据第一DM-RS的天线端口为资源块配置第一DM-RS,包括:When the M is an integer that is not less than 4 and not greater than 7, the base station configures the first DM-RS according to the antenna port of the first DM-RS, and includes:
基站在资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第一DM-RS的天线端口中的每个第一DM-RS的天线端口配置2个RE;The base station configures 2 REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS of the antenna ports of the at least one first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block;
具体的,在M不小于4且不大于7时,第一DM-RS的分配情形与图3所示实施例中情形二中的针对第三CRS分布的情形类似。Specifically, when M is not less than 4 and not more than 7, the allocation situation of the first DM-RS is similar to the case of the third CRS distribution in the second case in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3.
三、当M为不小于8且不大于14的整数时,基站根据第一DM-RS的天线端口为资源块配置第一DM-RS,包括:When the M is an integer that is not less than 8 and not greater than 14, the base station configures the first DM-RS according to the antenna port of the first DM-RS, and includes:
基站在资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第一DM-RS的天线端口中的每个第一DM-RS的天线端口配置4个RE。The base station configures 4 REs for each of the antenna ports of the first DM-RS of the at least one first DM-RS in each PRB within the resource block.
需要说明的是,除上述情形外,M还可采取3和4两种值交替的方式,即资源块的时域长度并不是一层不变的,而是由四个时域符号和三个时域符号长度交替组成的。It should be noted that, besides the above situation, M may also adopt an alternate manner of 3 and 4 values, that is, the time domain length of the resource block is not a layer unchanged, but is composed of four time domain symbols and three The length of the time domain symbol is alternately composed.
在具体实施步骤702的过程中,可选的,第一DM-RS最多可支持的天线端口个数为Y,对应端口为端口A到端口(A+Y-1);基站确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不大于7的整数;基站确定UE的第一DM-RS的天线端口个数为X,对应端口为端口A到端口(A+X-1);基站配置第一DM-RS包括以下方式中的至少一个:In the process of performing step 702, optionally, the maximum number of antenna ports that can be supported by the first DM-RS is Y, and the corresponding port is port A to port (A+Y-1); when the base station determines the resource block The domain length is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer not greater than 7. The base station determines that the number of antenna ports of the first DM-RS of the UE is X, and the corresponding port is port A to port (A+X-1); Configuring the first DM-RS includes at least one of the following:
一、基站在资源块内的每个PRB里为每个第一DM-RS的天线端口配置X个RE;其中,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS使用不同的参考信号序列,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源。1. The base station configures X REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block; wherein the first DM-RSs of different antenna ports use different reference signal sequences, and different antenna ports The first DM-RS occupies the same time-frequency resource.
二、基站在资源块内的每个PRB里为每个第一DM-RS的天线端口配置Z个RE,Z可以是预定义的值或第一DM-RS最多可支持的天线端口个数Y;其中,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS使用不同的参考信号序列,当X大于1时,X个天线端口中的部分或全部端口的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源。例如,假设Y取值为4,Z取值为2,当X等于2时,端口A和端口(A+1)的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源,具体为资源块内的每个PRB里占用2个RE; 当X等于4时,端口A和端口(A+1)的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源,具体为资源块内的每个PRB里占用2个RE,端口(A+2)和端口(A+3)的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源,具体为资源块内的每个PRB里占用另外2个RE。2. The base station configures Z REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block, where Z may be a predefined value or the number of antenna ports that the first DM-RS can support at most Y. The first DM-RS of the different antenna ports uses different reference signal sequences. When X is greater than 1, the first DM-RS of some or all of the X antenna ports occupy the same time-frequency resource. For example, if Y is 4 and Z is 2, when X is equal to 2, the first DM-RS of port A and port (A+1) occupy the same time-frequency resource, specifically for each resource block. 2 PRs in the PRB; When X is equal to 4, the first DM-RS of port A and port (A+1) occupy the same time-frequency resource, specifically, each REB in the resource block occupies 2 REs, port (A+2) and The first DM-RS of the port (A+3) occupies the same time-frequency resource, and specifically takes another 2 REs in each PRB in the resource block.
三、基站在资源块内的每个PRB里为每个第一DM-RS的天线端口配置Z个RE,Z是由第一DM-RS的天线端口个数X确定的值;其中,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS使用不同的参考信号序列。例如,如图8所示,其中,填充图案为左下或右上方向的直线则表示该填充图案所在的RE上为第一CRS,填充图案为横向纵向交叉的直线则表示该填充图案所在的RE上的参考信号为端口A和端口(A+1),填充图案为斜向交叉线则表示该填充图案所在的RE上的参考信号在配置两个端口时为端口A和端口(A+1),在配置四个端口时为端口(A+2)和端口(A+3),具体的,假设Y取值为4,当X等于2时,Z取值为4,端口A和端口(A+1)的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源,具体为资源块内的每个PRB里占用4个RE;当X等于4时,Z取值为2,端口A和端口(A+1)的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源,具体为资源块内的每个PRB里占用上述4个RE中的2个RE,端口(A+2)和端口(A+3)的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源,具体为资源块内的每个PRB里占用上述4个RE中的另外2个RE。3. The base station configures Z REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block, where Z is a value determined by the number X of antenna ports of the first DM-RS; wherein, different antennas The first DM-RS of the port uses a different sequence of reference signals. For example, as shown in FIG. 8 , a straight line in which the filling pattern is in the lower left or upper right direction indicates that the RE on which the filling pattern is located is the first CRS, and the straight line in which the filling pattern is laterally longitudinally intersects indicates the RE on which the filling pattern is located. The reference signal is port A and port (A+1), and the padding pattern is an oblique cross line, indicating that the reference signal on the RE where the padding pattern is located is port A and port (A+1) when configuring two ports. When configuring four ports, it is port (A+2) and port (A+3). Specifically, it assumes that Y is 4, when X is equal to 2, Z is 4, port A and port (A+ 1) The first DM-RS occupies the same time-frequency resource, specifically, 4 REs are occupied in each PRB in the resource block; when X is equal to 4, Z takes 2, port A and port (A+1) The first DM-RS occupies the same time-frequency resource, specifically, each of the four PRs in the resource block occupies two of the above four REs, the port (A+2) and the port (A+3) A DM-RS occupies the same time-frequency resource, and specifically, each of the four REs in the resource block occupies the other two REs of the above four REs.
在具体实施步骤702的过程中,可选的,第一DM-RS被配置在资源块的第一个符号或前两个符号上,UE在接收到资源块的第一个符号或前两个符号后即可通过该符号上的第一DM-RS进行信道估计等操作,从而减小UE对该资源块解调的时延。In a specific implementation step 702, optionally, the first DM-RS is configured on the first symbol or the first two symbols of the resource block, and the UE receives the first symbol or the first two of the resource block. After the symbol, the channel estimation and the like can be performed through the first DM-RS on the symbol, thereby reducing the delay of the UE demodulating the resource block.
需要说明的是,第一DM-RS可以是基站传输给UE的用于下行控制信道或数据信道解调的参考信号,也可以是UE传输给基站的用于上行控制信道或数据信道解调的参考信号。It should be noted that the first DM-RS may be a reference signal used by the base station to transmit downlink control channel or data channel demodulation to the UE, or may be used by the UE to transmit to the base station for uplink control channel or data channel demodulation. Reference signal.
可选的,第一DM-RS是UE专有参考信号,只有被调度到包含该第一DM-RS的资源块的UE才能识别的参考信号,或UE只有被配置了第一DM-RS的天线端口,基站才会在UE被调度的资源块上为该UE传输第一DM-RS。可选的,第一DM-RS是UE专有参考信号,基站通过信令指示UE该第一DM-RS 是否存在和/或指示该第一DM-RS在资源块内的位置。Optionally, the first DM-RS is a UE-specific reference signal, and only the reference signal that is scheduled to be identified by the UE that includes the resource block of the first DM-RS, or the UE is configured only by the first DM-RS. The antenna port, the base station transmits the first DM-RS for the UE on the resource block that the UE is scheduled. Optionally, the first DM-RS is a UE-specific reference signal, and the base station indicates, by signaling, the UE, the first DM-RS. Whether there is and/or indicates the location of the first DM-RS within the resource block.
除了为资源块配置第一DM-RS之外,作为可选的,基站为该资源块配置第一CRS,该第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口。可选的,在资源块内配置第一CRS时,基站根据至少一个第一CRS的天线端口为该资源块配置第二CRS。In addition to configuring the first DM-RS for the resource block, the base station configures the first CRS for the resource block, and the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port. Optionally, when the first CRS is configured in the resource block, the base station configures the second CRS for the resource block according to the antenna port of the at least one first CRS.
其中,具体配置第一CRS的方式可参见图3所示实施例中的步骤301部分,第二CRS的配置过程可参见图3所示实施例中的步骤302中的情形一的说明,此处均不再赘述。For the configuration of the first CRS, refer to the step 301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3. For the configuration process of the second CRS, refer to the description of the first scenario in step 302 in the embodiment shown in FIG. No longer repeat them.
703、基站传输承载有第一DM-RS的资源块。703. The base station transmits a resource block that carries the first DM-RS.
可以理解的是,基站在资源块内配置好第一DM-RS之后,基站传输该资源块。其中,可选的,该资源块上只承载参考信号,具体的,该参考信号包括第一DM-RS,或该参考信号包括第一DM-RS和第一CRS,或该参考信号包括第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS;可选的,该资源块上除了承载参考信号外,还承载其他信息,例如控制信息和/或数据信息等。需要说明的是,当资源块中资源块中同时存在第一DM-RS与控制信息和数据信息中的至少一种时,可选的,第一DM-RS与控制信息和数据信息中的至少一种携带相同的预编码信息。It can be understood that after the base station configures the first DM-RS in the resource block, the base station transmits the resource block. Optionally, the resource block carries only the reference signal. Specifically, the reference signal includes the first DM-RS, or the reference signal includes the first DM-RS and the first CRS, or the reference signal includes the first The DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS; optionally, the resource block carries other information, such as control information and/or data information, in addition to the reference signal. It should be noted that, when at least one of the first DM-RS and the control information and the data information exists in the resource block in the resource block, optionally, at least one of the first DM-RS and the control information and the data information One carries the same precoding information.
可以理解的是,针对上述三种情形,步骤703具体执行的内容有所不同,例如,针对资源块配置有第一DM-RS的情形,步骤703具体为:基站传输承载有第一DM-RS的资源块;It can be understood that, for the foregoing three scenarios, the content of the specific DM-RS is different, for example, the first DM-RS is configured for the resource block, and the step 703 is specifically: the base station transmits the first DM-RS. Resource block
针对资源块配置有第一DM-RS和第一CRS的情形,步骤703具体为:基站传输承载有第一DM-RS和第一CRS的资源块;For the case where the first DM-RS and the first CRS are configured for the resource block, the step 703 is specifically: the base station transmits the resource block carrying the first DM-RS and the first CRS;
针对资源块配置有第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS的情形,步骤703具体为:基站传输承载有第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS的资源块。For the case where the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS are configured for the resource block, the step 703 is specifically: the base station transmits the resource block carrying the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS.
可以看出,本发明实施例针对不同长度的短TTI传输设计了每个短TTI传输资源块上专有的DM-RS,使基站可以使用基于DMRS解调的短TTI传输的传输模式来和UE进行通信。It can be seen that the embodiment of the present invention designs a dedicated DM-RS on each short TTI transmission resource block for short TTI transmissions of different lengths, so that the base station can use the transmission mode of short TTI transmission based on DMRS demodulation to UE. Communicate.
实施例3Example 3
本发明实施例提出对应于本发明实施例1的一种参考信号的传输方法,示 出的方法可以由与对应于本发明实施例1中的基站相对应的接收设备执行。An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal corresponding to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. The method of outputting can be performed by a receiving device corresponding to the base station corresponding to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.
请参阅图9,图9是本发明实施例提供的参考信号的传输方法的一个实施例图,如图9所示,本发明实施例提供一种参考信号的传输方法,可包括以下步骤:Referring to FIG. 9 , FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9 , an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, which may include the following steps:
901、UE接收基站传输的承载有第一CRS和补充CRS的资源块。901. The UE receives a resource block that is transmitted by the base station and carries the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
其中,所述资源块用于承载所述基站与UE之间传输的信息,所述信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分,所述参考信号部分包括所述第一CRS和所述补充CRS,所述第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,所述补充CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同。The resource block is configured to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data portion and a reference signal portion, and the reference signal portion includes the first CRS and the supplementary CRS, The antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
可以理解的是,在本发明实施例中,UE获得第一CRS的天线端口信息的方法与本发明实施例1中描述的基站使UE获得第一CRS的天线端口信息的方法相同,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the method for the UE to obtain the antenna port information of the first CRS is the same as the method for the base station in the first embodiment of the present invention to obtain the antenna port information of the first CRS. Let me repeat.
可以理解的是,在本发明实施例中,第一CRS可以是在正常子帧上传输的CRS,也可以是在MBSFN子帧上传输的CRS。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first CRS may be a CRS transmitted on a normal subframe, or may be a CRS transmitted on an MBSFN subframe.
可以理解的是,在本发明实施例中,资源块大小的配置方法与本发明实施例1中描述的资源块大小的配置方法相同,此处不再赘述。It is to be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the configuration method of the resource block size is the same as the configuration method of the resource block size described in Embodiment 1 of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
可以理解的是,在本发明实施例中,基站为资源块配置第一CRS的方法与本发明实施例1中描述的基站为资源块配置第一CRS的方法相同,此处不再赘述。It is to be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the method for the base station to configure the first CRS for the resource block is the same as the method for the base station to configure the first CRS for the resource block in the first embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,补充CRS可包括第二CRS和/或第三CRS,第二CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同,第三CRS的天线端口与第二CRS的天线端口不相同。It should be noted that the supplementary CRS may include a second CRS and an third CRS. The antenna port of the second CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS, and the antenna port of the third CRS is different from the antenna port of the second CRS.
可选的,补充CRS仅包括第二CRS,其中第二CRS的天线端口的确定及第二CRS配置过程与本发明实施例1的步骤302中的情形一描述的方法相同,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the supplementary CRS includes only the second CRS, where the determining of the antenna port of the second CRS and the second CRS configuration process are the same as those described in the first step in step 302 of Embodiment 1 of the present invention, and details are not described herein again. .
可选的,补充CRS仅包括第三CRS,其中第三CRS的天线端口的确定及第三CRS配置过程与本发明实施例1的步骤302中的情形二描述的方法相同,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the supplementary CRS includes only the third CRS, where the determining of the antenna port of the third CRS and the third CRS configuration process are the same as the method described in the second step in step 302 of Embodiment 1 of the present invention, and details are not described herein again. .
可选的,补充CRS包括第二CRS和第三CRS,其中第二CRS和第三CRS 的天线端口的确定及第二CRS和第三CRS的配置过程与本发明实施例1的步骤302中的情形三描述的方法相同,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the supplementary CRS includes a second CRS and a third CRS, where the second CRS and the third CRS The determination of the antenna port and the configuration process of the second CRS and the third CRS are the same as those described in the third step in the step 302 of the embodiment 1 of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
可以理解的是,在本发明实施例中,当补充CRS至少包括第三CRS时,UE获得第三CRS的天线端口信息的方法与本发明实施例1中描述的基站使UE获得第三CRS的天线端口信息的方法相同,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the supplementary CRS includes at least the third CRS, the UE obtains the antenna port information of the third CRS, and the base station described in Embodiment 1 of the present invention enables the UE to obtain the third CRS. The method of the antenna port information is the same and will not be described here.
可以理解的是,在本发明实施例中,UE确定参考信号和数据的功率信息的方法与本发明实施例1中描述的基站通知UE参考信号和数据传输的功率控制参数信息的方法相同,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the method for the UE to determine the power information of the reference signal and the data is the same as the method for the base station described in Embodiment 1 of the present invention to notify the UE of the reference signal and the power control parameter information of the data transmission. I won't go into details here.
可以理解的是,在本发明实施例中,UE确定资源块的时域长度和频域长度的方法与本发明实施例1中描述的基站使UE确定资源块的时域长度和频域长度的方法相同,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the UE determines the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block, and the base station described in Embodiment 1 of the present invention causes the UE to determine the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block. The method is the same and will not be described here.
需要说明的是,补充CRS和第一CRS是具有相同特征的参考信号,例如第一CRS和补充CRS均不携带预编码矩阵信息,或第一CRS和补充CRS均携带预编码矩阵信息。It should be noted that the supplementary CRS and the first CRS are reference signals having the same feature, for example, the first CRS and the supplementary CRS do not carry precoding matrix information, or both the first CRS and the supplementary CRS carry precoding matrix information.
可选的,在本发明实施例中,第一CRS和第二CRS有相同的天线虚拟化方式,第一CRS和第三CRS可以有相同的天线虚拟化方式,也可以有不同的天线虚拟化方式。具体的虚拟化方式过程与图3所示实施例1中步骤302的说明中关于天线虚拟化的过程类似,此处不再赘述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first CRS and the second CRS have the same antenna virtualization mode, and the first CRS and the third CRS may have the same antenna virtualization mode, or may have different antenna virtualization modes. the way. The specific virtualization mode process is similar to the process of antenna virtualization in the description of step 302 in Embodiment 1 of FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
902、UE根据第一CRS和补充CRS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。902. The UE demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
在具体的实施过程中,该UE根据第一CRS和补充CRS还可以执行以下至少一种操作:AGC调整、时频同步、信道特性估计、RRM测量、CSI测量等。In a specific implementation process, the UE may perform at least one of the following operations according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, channel characteristic estimation, RRM measurement, CSI measurement, and the like.
需要说明的是,信息中的数据部分包括控制信息和/或数据信息,这些信息具体承载在物理信道上,该物理信道包括以下之一或者组合:PDCCH、PDSCH、EPDCCH、PCFICH、PHICH,或是一些新的标准中功能相同,但是名称不同的信道,例如短TTI传输中引入的控制信道或数据信道等,当然,调度该资源块的控制信息也可以不承载在该资源块上。UE可通过解调调度该资源块的控制信息或预定义的方式来确定该资源块的时域长度。由于补充CRS 和第一CRS是具有相同特征的参考信号,UE可以联合补充CRS和第一CRS对该资源块上承载的信息进行解调。另外,一种比较特殊的情况是信息中的数据部分不包含任何信息,即资源块承载的信息仅包括参考信号部分。在这种情况下,UE可以根据第一CRS和补充CRS执行以下至少一种操作:AGC调整、时频同步、信道特性估计、RRM测量、CSI测量等。It should be noted that the data part of the information includes control information and/or data information, which is specifically carried on a physical channel, and the physical channel includes one or a combination of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, EPDCCH, PCFICH, PHICH, or Some new standards have the same functions, but different names of channels, such as control channels or data channels introduced in short TTI transmissions. Of course, the control information for scheduling the resource blocks may not be carried on the resource blocks. The UE may determine the time domain length of the resource block by demodulating the control information of the resource block or a predefined manner. Due to the addition of CRS And the first CRS is a reference signal having the same feature, and the UE may jointly supplement the CRS and the first CRS to demodulate information carried on the resource block. In addition, a more special case is that the data part of the information does not contain any information, that is, the information carried by the resource block only includes the reference signal part. In this case, the UE may perform at least one of the following operations according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, channel characteristic estimation, RRM measurement, CSI measurement, and the like.
可以理解的是,在系统中,UE需要先解调PDCCH才能确定是否要接收PDSCH。对于被配置第三CRS的UE,可选的,UE仅使用第一CRS对PDCCH进行解调。可选的,UE仅使用第三CRS对PDCCH进行解调。可选的,UE需要联合使用第一CRS和第三CRS才能对PDCCH进行解调。可以理解的是,UE在使用第三CRS前需要确定第三CRS的天线端口的个数或第三CRS的天线端口号。It can be understood that in the system, the UE needs to demodulate the PDCCH before determining whether to receive the PDSCH. For the UE configured with the third CRS, optionally, the UE demodulates the PDCCH using only the first CRS. Optionally, the UE demodulates the PDCCH using only the third CRS. Optionally, the UE needs to jointly use the first CRS and the third CRS to demodulate the PDCCH. It can be understood that the UE needs to determine the number of antenna ports of the third CRS or the antenna port number of the third CRS before using the third CRS.
需要说明的是,在没有补充CRS的情况下,基站会通过高层信令通知UE功率控制参数和第一CRS的天线端口个数,UE根据该功率控制参数和第一CRS的天线端口个数确定有第一CRS的符号上的数据功率和没有第一CRS的符号上的数据功率比,从而正确地利用第一CRS得到的信道估计结果对资源块上承载的信息进行解调。因此可选的,UE接收基站发送的用于确定功率控制参数的信令,该信令可以为无线资源控制RRC信令或者媒体接入控制MAC信令或者物理层信令,UE根据该信令确定资源块上的功率控制信息。可选的,该功率控制信息具体为有第一CRS和补充CRS的符号上的数据功率和没有第一CRS和补充CRS的符号上的数据功率的比值,UE根据该功率控制信息正确地利用第一CRS和补充CRS得到的信道估计结果对资源块上承载的信息进行解调。It should be noted that, in the case that the CRS is not supplemented, the base station notifies the UE of the power control parameter and the number of antenna ports of the first CRS by using the high layer signaling, and the UE determines the number of antenna ports according to the power control parameter and the first CRS. There is a data power ratio on the symbol of the first CRS and a symbol on the symbol without the first CRS, thereby correctly demodulating the information carried on the resource block by using the channel estimation result obtained by the first CRS. Therefore, the UE receives signaling for determining a power control parameter sent by the base station, where the signaling may be RRC signaling or media access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling, and the UE according to the signaling Determine the power control information on the resource block. Optionally, the power control information is specifically a ratio of data power on a symbol having a first CRS and a supplementary CRS and data power on a symbol without a first CRS and a supplementary CRS, and the UE correctly uses the power control information according to the power control information. The channel estimation result obtained by a CRS and a supplementary CRS demodulates information carried on the resource block.
实施例4Example 4
本发明实施例提出对应于本发明实施例2的一种参考信号的传输方法,示出的方法可以由与对应于本发明实施例2中的基站相对应的接收设备执行。The embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal corresponding to Embodiment 2 of the present invention, and the illustrated method may be performed by a receiving device corresponding to a base station corresponding to Embodiment 2 of the present invention.
请参阅图10,图10是本发明实施例提供的参考信号的传输方法的一个实施例图,如图10所示,本发明实施例提供了一种参考信号的传输方法,可包括以下步骤: Referring to FIG. 10, FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting a reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 10, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, which may include the following steps:
1001、UE接收基站传输的承载有第一DM-RS的资源块。1001. The UE receives a resource block that is transmitted by the base station and carries the first DM-RS.
其中,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分,参考信号部分包括所述第一DM-RS,所述第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口。The resource block is configured to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data portion and a reference signal portion, the reference signal portion includes the first DM-RS, and the antenna port of the first DM-RS is dedicated to the UE. Demodulate the antenna port.
需要说明的是,信息中的数据部分包括控制信息和/或数据信息,这些信息具体承载在物理信道上,该物理信道包括以下之一或者组合:PDCCH、PDSCH、EPDCCH、PCFICH、PHICH,或是一些新的标准中功能相同,但是名称不同的信道,例如短TTI传输中引入的控制信道或数据信道等,当然,调度该资源块的控制信息也可以不承载在该资源块上。UE可通过解调调度该资源块的控制信息或预定义的方式来确定该资源块的时域长度。UE可以使用第一DM-RS对该资源块上承载的信息进行解调。另外,一种比较特殊的情况是信息中的数据部分不包含任何信息,即资源块承载的信息仅包括参考信号部分。在这种情况下,UE可以根据第一DM-RS执行以下至少一种操作:AGC调整、时频同步、信道特性估计等。It should be noted that the data part of the information includes control information and/or data information, which is specifically carried on a physical channel, and the physical channel includes one or a combination of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, EPDCCH, PCFICH, PHICH, or Some new standards have the same functions, but different names of channels, such as control channels or data channels introduced in short TTI transmissions. Of course, the control information for scheduling the resource blocks may not be carried on the resource blocks. The UE may determine the time domain length of the resource block by demodulating the control information of the resource block or a predefined manner. The UE may demodulate the information carried on the resource block using the first DM-RS. In addition, a more special case is that the data part of the information does not contain any information, that is, the information carried by the resource block only includes the reference signal part. In this case, the UE may perform at least one of the following operations according to the first DM-RS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, channel characteristic estimation, and the like.
可以理解的是,在本发明实施例中,UE获得第一DM-RS的天线端口信息的方法与本发明实施例2中描述的基站使UE获得第一DM-RS的天线端口信息的方法相同,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the method for the UE to obtain the antenna port information of the first DM-RS is the same as the method for the base station in the second embodiment of the present invention to obtain the antenna port information of the first DM-RS. , will not repeat them here.
可以理解的是,在本发明实施例中,UE确定资源块的时域长度和频域长度的方法与本发明实施例2中描述的基站使UE确定资源块的时域长度和频域长度的方法相同,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the UE determines the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block, and the base station described in Embodiment 2 of the present invention causes the UE to determine the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block. The method is the same and will not be described here.
可以理解的是,在本发明实施例中,基站为资源块配置第一DM-RS的方法与本发明实施例2中描述的基站为资源块配置第一DM-RS的方法相同,此处不再赘述。It is to be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the method for the base station to configure the first DM-RS for the resource block is the same as the method for the base station configured in the second embodiment of the present invention to configure the first DM-RS for the resource block, where Let me repeat.
可选的,基站可以为资源块配置第一CRS。在本发明实施例中,基站为资源块配置第一CRS的方法与本发明实施例2中描述的基站为资源块配置第一CRS的方法相同,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the base station may configure the first CRS for the resource block. In the embodiment of the present invention, the method for the base station to configure the first CRS for the resource block is the same as the method for the base station to configure the first CRS for the resource block in the embodiment of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,基站可以为资源块配置第一CRS和第二CRS。在本发明实施例中,基站为资源块配置第一CRS和第二CRS的方法与本发明实施例2中描述的基站为资源块配置第一CRS和第二CRS的方法相同,此处不再赘述。 Optionally, the base station may configure the first CRS and the second CRS for the resource block. In the embodiment of the present invention, the method for the base station to configure the first CRS and the second CRS for the resource block is the same as the method for the base station to configure the first CRS and the second CRS for the resource block in the second embodiment of the present invention. Narration.
可以理解的是,在本发明实施例中,第一CRS可以是在正常子帧上传输的CRS,也可以是在MBSFN子帧上传输的CRS。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the first CRS may be a CRS transmitted on a normal subframe, or may be a CRS transmitted on an MBSFN subframe.
1002、UE根据该第一DM-RS对该资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。1002. The UE demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
在具体的实施过程中,该UE根据第一DM-RS还可以执行以下至少一种操作:AGC调整、时频同步、信道特性估计等。In a specific implementation process, the UE may perform at least one of the following operations according to the first DM-RS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, channel characteristic estimation, and the like.
可选的,在具体实施步骤1002的过程中,该资源块上承载的信息包括控制信息和/或数据信息,UE可以联合第一DM-RS对该资源块上承载的信息进行解调。Optionally, in the process of performing the step 1002, the information carried on the resource block includes control information and/or data information, and the UE may perform demodulation on the information carried on the resource block by using the first DM-RS.
可选的,当该资源块上还承载第一CRS和/或第二CRS时,UE可用于联合第一CRS和/或第二CRS执行以下至少一种操作:AGC调整、时频同步、信道特性估计、RRM测量、CSI测量等。Optionally, when the resource block further carries the first CRS and/or the second CRS, the UE may be configured to perform at least one of the following operations in conjunction with the first CRS and/or the second CRS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, and channel Feature estimation, RRM measurement, CSI measurement, etc.
实施例5Example 5
上面对本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法进行了介绍,下面对本发明实施例的基站进行介绍,请参阅图11,图11是本发明实施例的基站的一个实施例图,如图11所示,本发明实施例提供了一种基站,该基站支持短TTI传输,可服务多个支持短TTI传输的UE,还可服务多个不支持短TTI传输的UE,该基站可包括:The method for transmitting the reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention is described above. The following describes the base station according to the embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 11, FIG. 11 is a block diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. The embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, which supports short TTI transmission, can serve multiple UEs that support short TTI transmission, and can also serve multiple UEs that do not support short TTI transmission. The base station may include:
第一配置模块1101,用于为资源块配置第一CRS,第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;The first configuration module 1101 is configured to configure a first CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part. ;
其中,该天线端口信息可通过多种方式通知给UE,具体的通知方式与图3所示实施例中的针对步骤301的说明中的相关内容类似,此处不再赘述。The information about the antenna port can be notified to the UE in a plurality of manners. The specific notification manner is similar to the related content in the description of the step 301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
其中,数据部分包括控制信息和/或数据信息,该控制信息和数据信息的说明与图3所示实施例1中针对步骤301的说明中相关部分类似,此处不再赘述。The data part includes the control information and/or the data information, and the description of the control information and the data information is similar to the related part in the description of the step 301 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
其中,资源块的大小可以根据实际情况进行配置,具体的配置过程与图3所示实施例1中针对步骤301的说明中相关部分类似,此处不再赘述。The size of the resource block can be configured according to the actual situation. The specific configuration process is similar to the related part in the description of step 301 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
此外,第一配置模块1101还用于为资源块配置补充CRS,补充CRS的天 线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同;In addition, the first configuration module 1101 is further configured to supplement the CRS for the resource block configuration, and supplement the CRS day. The line port is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
其中,补充CRS可包括三种不同的情形,即补充CRS为第二CRS,补充CRS为第三CRS,以及补充CRS为第二CRS和第三CRS共三种情形,第二CRS与第一CRS具有相同的天线端口,而第三CRS的天线端口与第一CRS以及第二CRS的天线端口均不相同,当补充CRS为第二CRS时,第一配置模块1101可在资源块内为至少一个第一CRS的天线端口配置第二CRS;当补充CRS为第三CRS时,第一配置模块1101会首先确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,以及确定资源块的第三CRS的天线端口,而后根据时域长度和/或频域长度为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS;补充CRS包括第二CRS和第三CRS的情形为将两种情况进行合并。The supplementary CRS may include three different situations, that is, the supplementary CRS is the second CRS, the supplementary CRS is the third CRS, and the supplementary CRS is the second CRS and the third CRS, and the second CRS and the first CRS are used. Having the same antenna port, and the antenna port of the third CRS is different from the antenna ports of the first CRS and the second CRS. When the supplementary CRS is the second CRS, the first configuration module 1101 may be at least one in the resource block. The antenna port of the first CRS configures the second CRS; when the supplementary CRS is the third CRS, the first configuration module 1101 first determines the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block, and determines the third CRS of the resource block. The antenna port is then configured with a third CRS for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length; the case where the supplementary CRS includes the second CRS and the third CRS is to combine the two cases.
其中,具体的三种情形的配置过程与图3所示实施例中针对步骤302的说明中的针对情形一、情形二和情形三的说明相类似,其中,情形一对应补充CRS为第二CRS,情形二对应补充CRS为第三CRS,情形三对应补充CRS为第二CRS和第三CRS,此处不再赘述。The configuration process of the specific three scenarios is similar to the descriptions of the first scenario, the second scenario, and the third scenario in the description of the step 302 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, where the scenario 1 corresponds to the supplementary CRS as the second CRS. Case 2 corresponds to the supplementary CRS as the third CRS, and Case 3 corresponds to the supplementary CRS as the second CRS and the third CRS, and details are not described herein again.
此外,第一配置模块1101还可用于对资源块的时域长度和频域长度进行确定,其中,对于资源块的时域长度的确定可以包括:确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;此两种方式之中采用一种或两种联合确定均可,对于资源块的频域长度的确定可包括:确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。具体的对资源块的时域长度和频域长度的确定过程与图3所示的实施例1中步骤302的说明中针对情形二的说明中关于资源块的时域长度和频域长度的确定类似,此处不再赘述。In addition, the first configuration module 1101 may be further configured to determine a time domain length and a frequency domain length of the resource block, where determining the time domain length of the resource block may include determining that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domains. a symbol, M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14; determining a time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10; one or two of the two methods are used For the joint determination, the determination of the frequency domain length of the resource block may include: determining that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is a system. The number of PRBs or RBGs or the number of REs or REGs corresponding to the bandwidth. The specific determination process of the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block and the determination of the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block in the description of the second case in the description of the step 302 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. Similar, it will not be repeated here.
其中,在通过确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号的方式确定资源块的时域长度时,该第一配置模块1101还具体用于:The first configuration module 1101 is further configured to: when determining the time domain length of the resource block by determining the time domain length of the resource block as the M time domain symbol, the first configuration module 1101 is further configured to:
当M为不小于1且不大于3的整数时,在资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置1个RE;When M is an integer not less than 1 and not more than 3, one RE is configured for each antenna port of each third CRS in the antenna port of the at least one third CRS in each PRB in the resource block;
或, Or,
当M为不小于4且不大于7的整数时,在资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置2个RE;When M is an integer of not less than 4 and not more than 7, two REs are configured for each of the antenna ports of the third CRS in each of the PRBs in the resource block;
或,or,
当M为不小于8且不大于14的整数时,在资源块内的每个PRB里为至少一个第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置4个RE。When M is an integer of not less than 8 and not more than 14, an antenna RE of each third CRS of the antenna ports of the at least one third CRS is configured with 4 REs in each PRB within the resource block.
可以看出,在资源块的时域长度不同时,第一配置模块1101对于每PRB里的至少一个第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置的RE的数量有所不同。It can be seen that, when the time domain lengths of the resource blocks are different, the first configuration module 1101 differently configures the number of REs configured for the antenna ports of each third CRS in the antenna ports of the at least one third CRS in each PRB. .
该基站还包括第一收发模块1102,用于传输资源块,资源块承载的信息的参考信号部分包括第一CRS和补充CRS。The base station further includes a first transceiver module 1102, configured to transmit a resource block, and the reference signal portion of the information carried by the resource block includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS.
需要说明的是,第一配置模块1101用于实现图3所示实施例1中步骤301和步骤302中所涉及的内容,第一收发模块1102用于实现图3所示实施例1中的步骤303中所涉及的内容。It should be noted that the first configuration module 1101 is used to implement the content involved in the step 301 and the step 302 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. 3, and the first transceiver module 1102 is used to implement the steps in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. The content involved in 303.
可以理解的是,第一配置模块1101在为资源块配置第一CRS时,会首先确定出第一CRS的天线端口信息,在第一配置模块1101配置完第一CRS后,会进一步为资源块配置补充CRS,而由于补充CRS包括三种类型,即第二CRS、第三CRS以及第二CRS和第三CRS,补充第二CRS是由于短TTI的模式又要保持较短的延时使得第一CRS对于某些数据的解调性能较差,第三CRS是由于支持4天线端口和DMRS的UE开销会很大,通过合理配置第三CRS能够减小每个子帧中参考信号的开销,在配置完成补充CRS之后,会通过第一收发模块1102将配置好的资源块发送出去,以便于UE能够接收到该资源块,并联合第一CRS和补充CRS对资源块的信息的数据部分进行解调。It can be understood that, when the first CRS is configured for the resource block, the first configuration module 1101 first determines the antenna port information of the first CRS, and after the first CRS is configured by the first configuration module 1101, it is further a resource block. The supplementary CRS is configured, and since the supplementary CRS includes three types, namely, the second CRS, the third CRS, and the second CRS and the third CRS, the second CRS is supplemented because the short TTI mode has to maintain a shorter delay. A CRS has poor demodulation performance for certain data. The third CRS is because the UE overhead of supporting 4 antenna ports and DMRS is large. By properly configuring the third CRS, the overhead of the reference signal in each subframe can be reduced. After the configuration completes the supplementary CRS, the configured resource block is sent out by the first transceiver module 1102, so that the UE can receive the resource block, and combines the first CRS and the supplementary CRS to solve the data portion of the resource block information. Tune.
实施例6Example 6
上面对本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法进行了介绍,下面对本发明实施例的基站的另一种实现方式进行介绍,请参阅图12,图12是本发明实施例的基站的一个实施例图,如图12所示,本发明实施例提供了一种基站,该基站支持短TTI传输,可服务多个支持短TTI传输的UE,还可服务多个不支持短TTI传输的UE,该基站可包括: The method for transmitting the reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention is described above. The following describes another implementation manner of the base station according to the embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 12, FIG. 12 is a diagram of an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 12, an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station that supports short TTI transmission, can serve multiple UEs that support short TTI transmission, and can also serve multiple UEs that do not support short TTI transmission. Can include:
第二配置模块1201,用于确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;a second configuration module 1201, configured to determine a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
其中,第二配置模块1201还可用于对资源块的时域长度和频域长度进行确定,其中,对于资源块的时域长度的确定可以包括:确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;此两种方式之中采用一种或两种联合确定均可,对于资源块的频域长度的确定可包括:确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。具体的对资源块的时域长度和频域长度的确定过程与图3所示的实施例1中步骤302的说明中针对情形二的说明中关于资源块的时域长度和频域长度的确定类似,此处不再赘述。The second configuration module 1201 is further configured to determine a time domain length and a frequency domain length of the resource block, where determining the time domain length of the resource block may include determining that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domains. a symbol, M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14; determining a time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10; one or two of the two methods are used For the joint determination, the determination of the frequency domain length of the resource block may include: determining that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is a system. The number of PRBs or RBGs or the number of REs or REGs corresponding to the bandwidth. The specific determination process of the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block and the determination of the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block in the description of the second case in the description of the step 302 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. Similar, it will not be repeated here.
此外,第二配置模块1201还用于为资源块配置第一DM-RS,第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口;In addition, the second configuration module 1201 is further configured to configure a first DM-RS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE-dedicated demodulation antenna port;
其中,第二配置模块1201还可在资源块内的每个PRB内为至少一个第一DM-RS的天线端口中的每个第一DM-RS的天线端口配置Y个RE,其中,Y为第一DM-RS最多可支持的天线端口个数,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS使用不同的参考信号序列,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源。The second configuration module 1201 may further configure Y REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS in the antenna ports of the at least one first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block, where Y is The number of antenna ports that the first DM-RS can support at most, the first DM-RS of different antenna ports uses different reference signal sequences, and the first DM-RSs of different antenna ports occupy the same time-frequency resource.
需要说明的是,具体的资源块的时域长度和频域长度的确定过程与图7所示实施例中针对步骤701的说明的相关部分类似,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the process of determining the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the specific resource block is similar to the related part in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 for the description of step 701, and details are not described herein again.
该基站还包括第二收发模块1202,用于传输资源块,资源块承载的信息的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS。The base station further includes a second transceiver module 1202, configured to transmit a resource block, where the reference signal portion of the information carried by the resource block includes the first DM-RS.
此外,第二配置模块1201还可对配置有第一DM-RS的资源块配置第一CRS,此时第二收发模块1202具体用于传输资源块,该资源块的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS和第一CRS;第二配置模块1201还可对配置有第一DM-RS和第一CRS的资源块再配置第二CRS,此时第二收发模块1202具体用于传输资源块,该资源块的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS。具体的第一CRS和第二CRS的配置过程与图7所示的实施例2中针对步骤702的说明中的相关配置过程类似,此处不再赘述。 In addition, the second configuration module 1201 may also configure a first CRS for the resource block configured with the first DM-RS, where the second transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to transmit a resource block, where the reference signal portion of the resource block includes the first DM. The second configuration module 1201 may further reconfigure the second CRS for the resource block configured with the first DM-RS and the first CRS, and the second transceiver module 1202 is specifically configured to transmit the resource block. The reference signal portion of the resource block includes a first DM-RS, a first CRS, and a second CRS. The configuration process of the specific first CRS and the second CRS is similar to the related configuration process in the description of the step 702 in the embodiment 2 shown in FIG. 7, and details are not described herein again.
可以理解的是,由于短TTI同时也会影响第一CRS,即为了保持较短的延时,使得资源块上的一些数据部分通过第一CRS的解调的解调性能变差,因此需要对第一CRS布局(现有CRS的布局)进行调整,第二配置模块1201可采用在资源块内补充第二CRS来提高解调性能,从而使得资源块上解调性能较差的数据部分能联合第一CRS和第二CRS解调,具体可参见图7所示的实施例2中针对步骤702的说明中的相关部分,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that since the short TTI also affects the first CRS, that is, in order to keep a short delay, the demodulation performance of some data portions on the resource block through the demodulation of the first CRS is deteriorated, so it is necessary to The first CRS layout (the layout of the existing CRS) is adjusted, and the second configuration module 1201 may supplement the second CRS in the resource block to improve the demodulation performance, so that the data portion with poor demodulation performance on the resource block can be combined. The first CRS and the second CRS are demodulated. For details, refer to the related part in the description of the step 702 in the embodiment 2 shown in FIG. 7, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,第二配置模块1201用于实现图7所示实施例2中步骤701和步骤702中所涉及的内容,第一收发模块1202用于实现图7所示实施例2中的步骤703中所涉及的内容。It should be noted that the second configuration module 1201 is used to implement the content involved in step 701 and step 702 in the embodiment 2 shown in FIG. 7, and the first transceiver module 1202 is configured to implement the steps in the embodiment 2 shown in FIG. The content involved in 703.
可以理解的是,由于采用了短TTI模式传输资源块,资源块上的数据部分如果仍采用原有DMRS(即现有DMRS布局)的布局,则会出现资源块有些无DMRS的情形,因此需要增加新的DMRS使得所有资源块上都具有DMRS,具体的布置方式可采用多种,只要使得所有资源块都具有DMRS即可;在本发明实施例中,第二配置模块1201在为资源块配置第一DM-RS之前,会首先确定出资源块的时域长度和频域长度,而后进行根据资源块的时域长度和频域长度对应配置第一DM-RS,从而使得所有的资源块中均具有足够的DMRS。It can be understood that, since the resource block is transmitted in the short TTI mode, if the data part on the resource block still adopts the layout of the original DMRS (that is, the existing DMRS layout), there may be some cases where the resource block has no DMRS, so it is required The new DMRS is added to enable the DMRS on all the resource blocks, and the specific arrangement may be multiple, as long as all the resource blocks have the DMRS. In the embodiment of the present invention, the second configuration module 1201 is configured for the resource block. Before the first DM-RS, the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block are first determined, and then the first DM-RS is configured according to the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block, so that all the resource blocks are Both have enough DMRS.
实施例7Example 7
上面对本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法进行了介绍,下面对本发明实施例的基站进行介绍,请参阅图13,图13是本发明实施例的用户设备的一个实施例图,如图13所示,本发明实施例提供了一种用户设备,可包括:The method for transmitting the reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention is described above. The following describes the base station according to the embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 13, FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of the user equipment according to the embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. The embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, which may include:
第三收发模块1301,用于接收基站传输的承载有第一CRS和补充CRS的资源块,其中,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分,参考信号部分包括第一CRS和补充CRS,第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,补充CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同;The third transceiver module 1301 is configured to receive a resource block that is transmitted by the base station and that carries the first CRS and the supplementary CRS, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part, and The signal portion includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS, the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the antenna port supplementing the CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
其中,补充CRS包括第二CRS和/或第三CRS,第二CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同,第三CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口不相同。 The supplementary CRS includes a second CRS and/or a third CRS. The antenna port of the second CRS is the same as the antenna port of the first CRS, and the antenna port of the third CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
可以理解的是,第三收发模块1301接收的资源块中的补充CRS的类型可分为三种情形,即补充CRS为第二CRS、补充CRS为第三CRS或是补充CRS为第二CRS和第三CRS,此三种情形的CRS的配置过程可对应于图3所示实施例1中步骤302的说明中针对补充CRS的三种情形。It can be understood that the type of the supplementary CRS in the resource block received by the third transceiver module 1301 can be divided into three cases, that is, the supplementary CRS is the second CRS, the supplementary CRS is the third CRS, or the supplementary CRS is the second CRS and The third CRS, the configuration procedure of the CRS of the three scenarios may correspond to the three scenarios for supplementing the CRS in the description of step 302 in Embodiment 1 of FIG.
该用户设备还包括第一解调模块1302,用于根据第一CRS和补充CRS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。其中,具体的解调过程与图9所示实施例中的步骤902的说明中关于数据部分的解调过程相类似,此处不再赘述。The user equipment further includes a first demodulation module 1302, configured to demodulate a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplemental CRS. The specific demodulation process is similar to the demodulation process of the data part in the description of step 902 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and details are not described herein again.
可以理解的是,Understandably,
其中,数据部分可包括控制信息和数据信息,该控制信息和数据信息与图3所示实施例1中针对步骤301的说明中相关部分类似,此处不再赘述。The data part may include control information and data information, and the control information and the data information are similar to the related parts in the description of the step 301 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
作为可选的,在本实施例中,用户设备还可包括:Optionally, in this embodiment, the user equipment may further include:
第一确定模块1303,用于确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;The first determining module 1303 is configured to determine that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 14.
和/或,and / or,
用于确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;The time domain length used to determine the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
第一确定模块1303还用于:The first determining module 1303 is further configured to:
确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。The frequency domain length of the resource block is determined to be P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
可以看出,该第一确定模块1303可采用确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,或是确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,或者二者相结合对资源块的时域长度进行确定,具体的确定过程与与图3所示的实施例1中步骤302的说明中针对情形二的说明中关于资源块的时域长度和频域长度的确定类似,此处不再赘述。It can be seen that the first determining module 1303 can determine that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, or determine that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, or when the two are combined with the resource block. The length of the domain is determined. The specific determination process is similar to the determination of the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block in the description of the second case in the description of the step 302 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. Narration.
此外,第三收发模块1301还用于接收基站发送的用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息和/或功率控制参数的信令,信令为无线资源控制RRC信令或者媒体接入控制MAC信令或者物理层信令;此时,第一确定模块1303还 用于根据信令确定第三CRS的天线端口和/或功率控制参数。其中,第三收发模块1301接收的第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息和/或功率控制参数时,第三收发模块1301接收的信令可以是相同类型的信令也可以是不同类型的信令,即包含第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息的信令与包含功率控制参数的信令可以是相同的也可以是不同的,若是相同类型的信令,则可用独立信令分别指示第三CRS的天线端口数和第三CRS的功率控制参数,也可在同一信令中同时包括第三CRS的天线端口数和第三CRS的功率控制参数。具体的第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息和/或功率控制参数的处理过程与图9所示实施例3中的步骤901的说明中关于第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息和/或功率控制参数相类似,此处不再赘述。In addition, the third transceiver module 1301 is further configured to receive, by the base station, signaling for determining port information and/or power control parameters of an antenna port of the third CRS, where the signaling is RRC signaling or media access control. MAC signaling or physical layer signaling; at this time, the first determining module 1303 further An antenna port and/or power control parameter for determining a third CRS based on signaling. When the third transceiver module 1301 receives the port information and/or the power control parameter of the antenna port of the third CRS, the signaling received by the third transceiver module 1301 may be the same type of signaling or different types of signaling. The signaling of the port information of the antenna port that includes the third CRS may be the same as or different from the signaling of the power control parameter. If the signaling of the same type is used, the third CRS may be separately indicated by independent signaling. The number of antenna ports and the power control parameter of the third CRS may also include the number of antenna ports of the third CRS and the power control parameters of the third CRS in the same signaling. The process of processing port information and/or power control parameters of the antenna port of the specific third CRS and the port information and/or power control of the antenna port of the third CRS in the description of step 901 in Embodiment 3 of FIG. The parameters are similar and will not be described here.
需要说明的是,第三收发模块1301用于实现图9所示实施例3中步骤901中所涉及的内容,第一解调模块1302用于实现图9所示实施例3中的步骤902中所涉及的内容。It should be noted that the third transceiver module 1301 is used to implement the content involved in the step 901 in the embodiment 3 shown in FIG. 9. The first demodulation module 1302 is used to implement the step 902 in the embodiment 3 shown in FIG. The content involved.
可以理解的是,第三收发模块1301在接收到包含第一CRS和补充CRS的资源块后,会由第一解调模块1302通过该第一CRS和补充CRS对资源块的信息的数据部分进行解调,由于第一CRS和补充CRS是基站按照资源块的时域长度和频域长度进行配置的,因此第一CRS和补充CRS能保证资源块中的数据部分都能被第一CRS和补充CRS解调,并且具有较好的解调性能。It can be understood that after receiving the resource block including the first CRS and the supplementary CRS, the third transceiver module 1301 performs, by the first demodulation module 1302, the data portion of the information of the resource block by using the first CRS and the supplementary CRS. Demodulation, since the first CRS and the supplementary CRS are configured by the base station according to the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block, the first CRS and the supplementary CRS can ensure that the data portion in the resource block can be supplemented by the first CRS and CRS demodulation and has better demodulation performance.
实施例8Example 8
上面对本发明实施例的参考信号的传输方法进行了介绍,下面对本发明实施例的基站进行介绍,请参阅图14,图14是本发明实施例的基站的一个实施例图,如图14所示,本发明实施例提供了一种用户设备,可包括:The method for transmitting the reference signal in the embodiment of the present invention is described above. The following describes the base station according to the embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 14, FIG. 14 is a diagram of an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. The embodiment of the invention provides a user equipment, which may include:
第四收发模块1401,用于接收基站传输的资源块,其中,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分,参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS,第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口;The fourth transceiver module 1401 is configured to receive a resource block transmitted by the base station, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part, where the reference signal part includes the first DM-RS, The antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE dedicated demodulation antenna port;
其中,第四收发模块1401获得第一DM-RS的天线端口信息的方法与图7所示实施例2中描述的基站使UE获得第一DM-RS的天线端口信息的方法类似,此处不再赘述。 The method for the fourth transceiver module 1401 to obtain the antenna port information of the first DM-RS is similar to the method for the base station in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 7 to obtain the antenna port information of the first DM-RS. Let me repeat.
其中,用户设备接收的资源块中除第一DM-RS之外,还具有第一CRS,该第一CRS由基站配置,第一CRS配置过程与图7所示实施例2中基站为资源块配置第一CRS的过程相类似,此处不再赘述。The resource block received by the user equipment has a first CRS in addition to the first DM-RS, and the first CRS is configured by the base station, and the first CRS configuration process and the base station in the second embodiment shown in FIG. The process of configuring the first CRS is similar, and is not described here.
其中,用户设备接收的资源块中除第一DM-RS和第一CRS之外,还可包括包括第二CRS,资源块中包含的第一CRS和第二CRS由基站配置,第一CRS和第二CRS配置过程与图7所示实施例2中基站为资源块配置第一CRS和第二CRS的过程相类似,此处不再赘述。此外,第一CRS可以是在正常子帧上传输的CRS,也可以是在MBSFN子帧上传输的CRS。The resource block received by the user equipment may include, in addition to the first DM-RS and the first CRS, a second CRS, where the first CRS and the second CRS included in the resource block are configured by the base station, the first CRS and The process of configuring the first CRS and the second CRS for the resource block by the base station in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 7 is similar to that of the second CRS configuration process, and details are not described herein again. In addition, the first CRS may be a CRS transmitted on a normal subframe, or may be a CRS transmitted on an MBSFN subframe.
第二解调模块1402,用于根据第一DM-RS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。The second demodulation module 1402 is configured to demodulate the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
其中,在资源块仅包含第一DM-RS时,第二解调模块1402根据第一DM-RS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调,当资源块内同时包含第一DM-RS和第一CRS时,第二解调模块1402根据第一DM-RS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调,根据第一CRS执行以下至少一种操作:AGC调整、时频同步、信道特性估计、RRM测量、CSI测量等;当资源块内同时包含第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS时,第二解调模块1402根据第一DM-RS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调,具体的第二解调模块1402可联合第一CRS和/或第二CRS执行以下至少一种操作:AGC调整、时频同步、信道特性估计、RRM测量、CSI测量等。When the resource block includes only the first DM-RS, the second demodulation module 1402 demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, and includes the first DM in the resource block. When the RS and the first CRS are used, the second demodulation module 1402 demodulates the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, and performs at least one of the following operations according to the first CRS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization The second demodulation module 1402 carries the resource on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, when the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS are included in the resource block. The data portion of the information is demodulated, and the specific second demodulation module 1402 may perform at least one of the following operations in conjunction with the first CRS and/or the second CRS: AGC adjustment, time-frequency synchronization, channel characteristic estimation, RRM measurement, CSI Measurement, etc.
需要说明的是,该资源块上承载的信息包括控制信息和/或数据信息,该信息具体承载在物理信道上,该物理信道包括以下之一或者组合:PDCCH、PDSCH、EPDCCH、PCFICH、PHICH,第二解调模块1402可以联合第一DM-RS对该资源块上承载的信息进行解调。It should be noted that the information carried on the resource block includes control information and/or data information, and the information is specifically carried on a physical channel, where the physical channel includes one or a combination of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, EPDCCH, PCFICH, PHICH, The second demodulation module 1402 can demodulate the information carried on the resource block in conjunction with the first DM-RS.
作为可选的,该用户设备还包括:Optionally, the user equipment further includes:
第二确定模块1403,用于确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;The second determining module 1403 is configured to determine that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and M is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 14.
和/或,and / or,
用于确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,N为不小于1且不大于10的整数; The time domain length used to determine the resource block is N subframes, and N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
第二确定模块1403还用于:The second determining module 1403 is further configured to:
确定资源块的频域长度为P个PRB或RBG或RE或REG,P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。The frequency domain length of the resource block is determined to be P PRBs or RBGs or REs or REGs, P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or RE numbers or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
可以看出,该第二确定模块1403可采用确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,或是确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,或者二者相结合对资源块的时域长度进行确定,具体的确定过程与与图7所示的实施例2中步骤702的说明中针对情形二的说明中关于资源块的时域长度和频域长度的确定类似,此处不再赘述。It can be seen that the second determining module 1403 can determine that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, or determine that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, or when the two are combined with the resource block. The length of the domain is determined. The specific determination process is similar to the determination of the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block in the description of the second case in the description of the step 702 in the embodiment 2 shown in FIG. Narration.
需要说明的是,第四收发模块1401用于实现图10所示实施例4中步骤1001中所涉及的内容,第二解调模块1402用于实现图10所示实施例4中的步骤1002中所涉及的内容。It should be noted that the fourth transceiver module 1401 is used to implement the content involved in the step 1001 in the embodiment 4 shown in FIG. 10, and the second demodulation module 1402 is used to implement the step 1002 in the embodiment 4 shown in FIG. The content involved.
可以理解的是,第四收发模块1401在接收到包含第一DM-RS的资源块后,会由第二解调模块1402通过该第一DM-RS对资源块的信息的数据部分进行解调,由于第一DM-RS是基站按照资源块的时域长度和频域长度进行配置的,因此第一DM-RS能保证资源块中的数据部分都能被第一DM-RS解调,并且具有较好的解调性能。It can be understood that after receiving the resource block including the first DM-RS, the fourth transceiver module 1401 demodulates the data portion of the information of the resource block by using the first DM-RS by the second demodulation module 1402. Since the first DM-RS is configured by the base station according to the time domain length and the frequency domain length of the resource block, the first DM-RS can ensure that the data portion in the resource block can be demodulated by the first DM-RS, and Has better demodulation performance.
实施例9Example 9
上面对本发明实施例中的基站和用户设备进行了介绍,下面对本发明实施例中采用该基站和用户设备的通信系统进行介绍,请参阅图15,图15是本发明实施例的通信系统的一个实施例图,如图15所示,该通信系统可包括:The base station and the user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention are described above. The communication system using the base station and the user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention is introduced. Referring to FIG. 15, FIG. 15 is a diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention. Embodiment figure, as shown in FIG. 15, the communication system may include:
基站1501,用于为资源块配置第一CRS,第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;The base station 1501 is configured to configure a first CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
还用于为资源块配置补充CRS,补充CRS的天线端口与第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同;Also used to configure a supplementary CRS for the resource block, the antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
还用于传输资源块,资源块的信息的参考信号部分包括第一CRS和补充CRS; Also used for transmitting a resource block, the reference signal portion of the information of the resource block includes a first CRS and a supplementary CRS;
UE1502,用于接收基站传输的资源块;a UE 1502, configured to receive a resource block transmitted by the base station;
还用于根据第一CRS和补充CRS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。It is further configured to demodulate a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
可以理解的是,本实施例中的基站1501与图11所示实施例5中的基站相同,即该基站1501能实现图3所示实施例1中的步骤301至步骤303,本实施例中的UE1502与图13所示实施例7中的UE相同,即该UE能实现图9所示实施例3中的步骤901和步骤902,即基站1501也包含该图11所示实施例5中的基站下发配置资源块和下发资源块的过程,下发的资源块中的补充CRS部分包括的三种情形与图11所示实施例5中的基站包括的三种情形类似,UE1502接收资源块以及根据资源块中的第一CRS和补充CRS对资源块的信息的数据部分进行的解调过程,与图13所示实施例7中的UE的接收资源块和解调过程类似,此处均不再赘述。It can be understood that the base station 1501 in this embodiment is the same as the base station in the embodiment 5 shown in FIG. 11, that is, the base station 1501 can implement steps 301 to 303 in the embodiment 1 shown in FIG. The UE 1502 is the same as the UE in the embodiment 7 shown in FIG. 13, that is, the UE can implement the steps 901 and 902 in the embodiment 3 shown in FIG. 9, that is, the base station 1501 also includes the embodiment 5 shown in FIG. The process of the configuration of the resource block and the issuance of the resource block by the base station, the three scenarios included in the supplementary CRS part of the delivered resource block are similar to the three scenarios included in the base station in the embodiment 5 shown in FIG. 11, and the UE 1502 receives the resource. The demodulation process performed by the block and the data portion of the information of the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS in the resource block is similar to the received resource block and demodulation process of the UE in Embodiment 7 of FIG. No longer repeat them.
实施例10Example 10
上面对本发明实施例中的基站和用户设备进行了介绍,下面对本发明实施例中采用该基站和用户设备的另一种通信系统进行介绍,请参阅图16,图16是本发明实施例的通信系统的一个实施例图,如图16所示,该通信系统可包括:The base station and the user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention are described above. The following describes another communication system in which the base station and the user equipment are used in the embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 16, FIG. 16 is a communication according to an embodiment of the present invention. An embodiment of the system, as shown in FIG. 16, the communication system can include:
基站1601,用于确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,资源块用于承载基站与UE之间传输的信息,信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;The base station 1601 is configured to determine a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
还用于为资源块配置第一DM-RS,第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口;And configured to configure a first DM-RS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE dedicated demodulation antenna port;
还用于传输资源块,资源块的信息的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS;Also used for transmitting a resource block, the reference signal portion of the information of the resource block includes a first DM-RS;
UE1602,用于接收资源块;a UE 1602, configured to receive a resource block;
还用于根据第一DM-RS对资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。It is further configured to demodulate a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
可以理解的是,本实施例中的基站1601与图12所示实施例6中的基站相同,本实施例中的UE1602与图14所示实施例8中的UE相同,即该UE能实现图10所示实施例4中的步骤1001和步骤1002,该基站1601能实现图7所示实施例2中的步骤701至步骤703,即基站1601也包含该图12所示实施例 6中的基站下发配置资源块和下发资源块的过程,即下发的资源块中的参考信号的三种情形与图12所示实施例6中的基站包括的三种情形类似,三种情形分别为参考信号为第一DM-RS,参考信号为第一DM-RS和第一CRS,以及参考信号为第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS,UE1602接收资源块以及根据资源块中的第一DM-RS或者第一DM-RS和第一CRS,再或者第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS对资源块的信息的数据部分进行的解调过程,与图13所示实施例7中的UE的接收资源块和解调过程类似,此处均不再赘述。It can be understood that the base station 1601 in this embodiment is the same as the base station in the embodiment 6 shown in FIG. 12, and the UE 1602 in this embodiment is the same as the UE in the embodiment 8 shown in FIG. 10, step 1001 and step 1002 in the embodiment 4, the base station 1601 can implement steps 701 to 703 in the embodiment 2 shown in FIG. 7, that is, the base station 1601 also includes the embodiment shown in FIG. The process of the configuration of the resource block and the delivery of the resource block by the base station in 6 is the same as the three scenarios included in the base station in the embodiment 6 shown in FIG. The case is that the reference signal is the first DM-RS, the reference signal is the first DM-RS and the first CRS, and the reference signal is the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS, and the UE 1602 receives the resource block and according to Demodulation process of the first DM-RS or the first DM-RS and the first CRS in the resource block, or the data portion of the information of the resource block by the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS, and The receiving resource block of the UE in the embodiment 7 shown in FIG. 13 is similar to the demodulation process, and details are not described herein again.
下面对本发明实施例中基站的结构进行描述,请参阅图17,图17是本发明实施例的基站的一个实施例图,其中,基站17可包括均与总线相连接的至少一个处理器1701、至少一个接收器1702和至少一个发送器1703,本发明实施例涉及的基站可以具有比图17所示出的更多或更少的部件,可以组合两个或更多个部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置或设置,各个部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件或硬件和软件的组合实现。The following is a description of the structure of a base station in the embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 17, FIG. 17 is a diagram of an embodiment of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention, where the base station 17 may include at least one processor 1701 each connected to a bus. At least one receiver 1702 and at least one transmitter 1703, the base station according to an embodiment of the present invention may have more or less components than those shown in FIG. 17, may combine two or more components, or may have different The components may be configured or arranged in a combination of hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
具体的,对于图11所示的实施例5来说,该处理器1701能实现图11所示实施例5中的第一配置模块1101的功能,该接收器1702和该发送器1703结合能实现图11所示实施例5中的第一收发模块1102的功能;Specifically, for the embodiment 5 shown in FIG. 11, the processor 1701 can implement the function of the first configuration module 1101 in the embodiment 5 shown in FIG. 11, and the receiver 1702 and the transmitter 1703 can be combined. The function of the first transceiver module 1102 in Embodiment 5 shown in FIG. 11;
对于图12来说,该处理器1701能实现图12所示实施例6中的第第二配置模块1201的功能,该接收器1702和该发送器1703结合能实现图12所示实施例中的第二收发模块1202的功能。For the FIG. 12, the processor 1701 can implement the function of the second configuration module 1201 in the embodiment 6 shown in FIG. 12, and the receiver 1702 and the transmitter 1703 can be combined to implement the embodiment shown in FIG. The function of the second transceiver module 1202.
下面对本发明实施例中用户设备的结构进行描述,请参阅图18,图18是本发明实施例的用户设备的一个实施例图,其中,用户设备18可包括均与总线相连接的至少一个处理器1801、至少一个接收器1802和至少一个发送器1803,本发明实施例涉及的基站可以具有比图18所示出的更多或更少的部件,可以组合两个或更多个部件,或者可以具有不同的部件配置或设置,各个部件可以在包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路在内的硬件、软件或硬件和软件的组合实现。The following describes the structure of the user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 18, FIG. 18 is a diagram of an embodiment of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention, where the user equipment 18 may include at least one processing that is connected to the bus. The device 1801, the at least one receiver 1802, and the at least one transmitter 1803. The base station according to the embodiment of the present invention may have more or less components than those shown in FIG. 18, and may combine two or more components, or There may be different component configurations or arrangements, each component being implemented in hardware, software or a combination of hardware and software including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
具体的,对于图13所示的实施例来说,该处理器1801能实现图13所示实施例中的第一解调模块1302和第一确定模块1303的功能,该接收器1802 和该发送器1803结合能实现图13所示实施例中的第三收发模块1301的功能。Specifically, for the embodiment shown in FIG. 13, the processor 1801 can implement the functions of the first demodulation module 1302 and the first determining module 1303 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13, the receiver 1802. The function of the third transceiver module 1301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 can be implemented in combination with the transmitter 1803.
对于图14来说,该处理器1801能实现图14所示实施例中的第二解调模块1402和第二确定模块1403的功能,该接收器1802和该发送器1803结合能实现图13所示实施例中的第四收发模块1401的功能。在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。For the FIG. 14 , the processor 1801 can implement the functions of the second demodulation module 1402 and the second determining module 1403 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 , and the receiver 1802 and the transmitter 1803 can realize the implementation of FIG. 13 . The function of the fourth transceiver module 1401 in the embodiment is shown. In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM,Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM,Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like. .
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理 解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。 The above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not limited thereto; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art should Solution: The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments may be modified, or some of the technical features may be equivalently replaced; and the modifications or substitutions do not deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention. Spirit and scope.

Claims (42)

  1. 一种参考信号的传输方法,其特征在于,包括:基站为资源块配置第一公共参考信号CRS,所述第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,所述资源块用于承载所述基站与用户设备UE之间传输的信息,所述信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;A method for transmitting a reference signal, comprising: a base station configuring a first common reference signal CRS for a resource block, an antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and the resource block is used to carry the base station Information transmitted between the user equipment UE, the information including a data portion and a reference signal portion;
    所述基站为所述资源块配置补充CRS,所述补充CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同;The base station configures a supplementary CRS for the resource block, where an antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from an antenna port of the first CRS;
    所述基站传输所述资源块,所述资源块承载的所述信息的参考信号部分包括所述第一CRS和所述补充CRS。The base station transmits the resource block, and the reference signal part of the information carried by the resource block includes the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述补充CRS包括第二CRS,所述补充CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口相同;The method according to claim 1, wherein the supplementary CRS comprises a second CRS, and an antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as an antenna port of the first CRS;
    所述基站为所述资源块配置补充CRS包括:The configuring, by the base station, the supplementary CRS for the resource block includes:
    所述基站在所述资源块内为至少一个所述第一CRS的天线端口配置第二CRS。The base station configures a second CRS for the antenna port of the at least one first CRS in the resource block.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述补充CRS还包括第三CRS,所述补充CRS的天线端口为第三CRS的天线端口,所述第三CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口不相同;The method according to claim 2, wherein the supplementary CRS further comprises a third CRS, an antenna port of the supplementary CRS is an antenna port of a third CRS, and an antenna port of the third CRS and the The antenna ports of a CRS are different;
    所述基站为所述资源块配置补充CRS还包括:The configuring, by the base station, the supplementary CRS for the resource block further includes:
    所述基站确定所述资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度;Determining, by the base station, a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block;
    所述基站确定所述资源块的第三CRS的天线端口;Determining, by the base station, an antenna port of a third CRS of the resource block;
    所述基站在所述资源块内根据时域长度和/或频域长度为至少一个所述第三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS。The base station configures, in the resource block, a third CRS for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述补充CRS包括第三CRS,所述补充CRS的天线端口为第三CRS的天线端口,所述第三CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口不相同;The method according to claim 1, wherein the supplementary CRS comprises a third CRS, an antenna port of the supplementary CRS is an antenna port of a third CRS, and an antenna port of the third CRS and the first The antenna ports of the CRS are different;
    所述基站为所述资源块配置补充CRS包括:The configuring, by the base station, the supplementary CRS for the resource block includes:
    所述基站确定所述资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度;Determining, by the base station, a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block;
    所述基站确定所述资源块的第三CRS的天线端口;Determining, by the base station, an antenna port of a third CRS of the resource block;
    所述基站在所述资源块内根据时域长度和/或频域长度为至少一个所述第 三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS。The base station is at least one of the first time in the resource block according to a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length The antenna port of the three CRSs is configured with a third CRS.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基站确定所述资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度中,所述基站确定所述资源块的时域长度包括:The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the base station determines the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length of the resource block, and the determining, by the base station, the time domain length of the resource block includes:
    所述基站确定所述资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,所述M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;Determining, by the base station, that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, where the M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述基站确定所述资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,所述N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;Determining, by the base station, that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, where N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
    所述基站确定所述资源块的频域长度包括:Determining, by the base station, a frequency domain length of the resource block includes:
    所述基站确定所述资源块的频域长度为P个物理资源块PRB或资源块组RBG或资源单元RE或资源单元组REG,所述P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,所述Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。Determining, by the base station, that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P physical resource block PRB or resource block group RBG or resource unit RE or resource unit group REG, where P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or the number of REs or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基站确定所述资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,当所述M为不小于1且不大于3的整数时,所述基站在所述资源块内根据时域长度和/或频域长度为至少一个所述第三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and when the M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 3, And configuring, by the base station, the third CRS in the resource block according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS, including:
    所述基站在所述资源块内的每个PRB里为所述至少一个所述第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置1个RE;The base station configures one RE for each antenna port of the third CRS in the antenna port of the at least one third CRS in each PRB in the resource block;
    或,or,
    当所述M为不小于4且不大于7的整数时,所述基站在所述资源块内根据时域长度和/或频域长度为至少一个所述第三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS,包括:When the M is an integer of not less than 4 and not more than 7, the base station configures a third CRS in the resource block according to a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length for at least one antenna port of the third CRS. ,include:
    所述基站在所述资源块内的每个PRB里为所述至少一个所述第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置2个RE;The base station configures, in each PRB in the resource block, two REs for an antenna port of each third CRS of the at least one antenna port of the third CRS;
    或,or,
    当所述M为不小于8且不大于14的整数时,所述基站在所述资源块内根据时域长度和/或频域长度为至少一个所述第三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS,包括:When the M is an integer of not less than 8 and not more than 14, the base station configures a third CRS in the resource block according to a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length for at least one antenna port of the third CRS. ,include:
    所述基站在所述资源块内的每个PRB里为所述至少一个所述第三CRS的 天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置4个RE。The base station is, in each PRB in the resource block, the at least one of the third CRS The antenna port of each third CRS in the antenna port is configured with 4 REs.
  7. 根据权利要求3至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 6, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述基站通过信令发送用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息和/或功率控制参数,所述信令为无线资源控制RRC信令或者媒体接入控制MAC信令或者物理层信令。Transmitting, by the base station, port information and/or power control parameters for determining an antenna port of the third CRS, where the signaling is radio resource control RRC signaling or media access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling .
  8. 一种参考信号的传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting a reference signal, comprising:
    基站确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,所述资源块用于承载所述基站与用户设备UE之间传输的信息,所述信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;Determining, by the base station, a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the user equipment UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
    所述基站为所述资源块配置第一解调参考信号DM-RS,所述第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口;The base station configures a first demodulation reference signal DM-RS for the resource block, and an antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE dedicated demodulation antenna port;
    所述基站传输所述资源块,所述资源块承载的所述信息的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS。The base station transmits the resource block, and the reference signal part of the information carried by the resource block includes a first DM-RS.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基站确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度中,所述基站确定资源块的时域长度包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the base station determines a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, and the base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block comprises:
    所述基站确定资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,所述M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;The base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and the M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述基站确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,所述N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;The base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and the N is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 10.
    所述所述基站确定资源块的频域长度包括:Determining, by the base station, a frequency domain length of the resource block includes:
    所述基站确定资源块的频域长度为P个物理资源块PRB或资源块组RBG或资源单元RE或资源单元组REG,所述P为为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,所述Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。The base station determines that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P physical resource block PRB or resource block group RBG or resource unit RE or resource unit group REG, where P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and the Q The number of PRBs or RBGs or the number of REs or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基站为所述资源块配置第一DM-RS,包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the base station configuring the first DM-RS for the resource block comprises:
    所述基站在所述资源块内的每个PRB内为至少一个所述第一DM-RS的天线端口中的每个第一DM-RS的天线端口配置Y个RE,其中,Y为第一DM-RS最多可支持的天线端口个数,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS使用不同的参考信 号序列,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源。The base station configures Y REs for each antenna port of the first DM-RS of the antenna ports of the first DM-RS in each PRB in the resource block, where Y is the first The maximum number of antenna ports that the DM-RS can support. The first DM-RS of different antenna ports uses different reference letters. The sequence of numbers, the first DM-RS of different antenna ports occupy the same time-frequency resource.
  11. 根据权利要求8至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述基站为所述资源块配置第一公共参考信号CRS,所述第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口;The base station configures a first common reference signal CRS for the resource block, and an antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port;
    所述基站传输所述资源块,所述资源块的参考信号部分包括所述第一DM-RS包括:The base station transmits the resource block, where the reference signal part of the resource block includes the first DM-RS includes:
    所述基站传输所述资源块,所述资源块的参考信号部分包括所述第一DM-RS和所述第一CRS。The base station transmits the resource block, and the reference signal portion of the resource block includes the first DM-RS and the first CRS.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 11 wherein the method further comprises:
    所述基站根据至少一个所述第一CRS的天线端口为所述资源块配置第二CRS;The base station configures a second CRS for the resource block according to at least one antenna port of the first CRS;
    所述基站传输所述资源块,所述资源块的参考信号部分包括所述第一DM-RS和所述第一CRS包括:The base station transmits the resource block, where the reference signal part of the resource block includes the first DM-RS and the first CRS includes:
    所述基站传输所述资源块,所述资源块的参考信号部分包括所述第一DM-RS、所述第一CRS和所述第二CRS。The base station transmits the resource block, and the reference signal part of the resource block includes the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS.
  13. 一种参考信号的传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting a reference signal, comprising:
    用户设备UE接收基站传输的承载有第一公共参考信号CRS和补充CRS的资源块,其中,所述资源块用于承载所述基站与用户设备UE之间传输的信息,所述信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分,所述参考信号部分包括所述第一CRS和所述补充CRS,所述第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,所述补充CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同;The user equipment UE receives the resource block that is transmitted by the base station and carries the first common reference signal CRS and the supplementary CRS, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the user equipment UE, where the information includes the data part. And a reference signal portion, the reference signal portion including the first CRS and the supplementary CRS, an antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, and an antenna port of the supplementary CRS and the first CRS Antenna ports are the same or different;
    所述UE根据所述第一CRS和所述补充CRS对所述资源块上承载的所述信息的数据部分进行解调。Decoding, by the UE, the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于:所述补充CRS包括第二CRS和/或第三CRS,所述第二CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口相同,所述第三CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口不相同。The method according to claim 13, wherein the supplementary CRS comprises a second CRS and/or a third CRS, and an antenna port of the second CRS is the same as an antenna port of the first CRS, where the The antenna port of the three CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括,The method of claim 13 or 14, wherein the method further comprises
    所述UE确定所述资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,其中,所述UE确定 所述资源块的时域长度包括:Determining, by the UE, a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the UE determines The time domain length of the resource block includes:
    所述UE确定所述资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,所述M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;Determining, by the UE, that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, where the M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
    和/或,and / or,
    所述基站确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,所述N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;The base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and the N is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 10.
    所述UE确定所述资源块的频域长度包括:Determining, by the UE, a frequency domain length of the resource block includes:
    所述UE确定所述资源块的频域长度为P个物理资源块PRB或资源块组RBG或资源单元RE或资源单元组REG,所述P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,所述Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。Determining, by the UE, that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P physical resource block PRB or resource block group RBG or resource unit RE or resource unit group REG, where P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or the number of REs or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述UE接收所述基站发送的用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息和/或功率控制参数的信令,所述信令为无线资源控制RRC信令或者媒体接入控制MAC信令或者物理层信令;Receiving, by the base station, signaling for determining port information and/or power control parameters of an antenna port of the third CRS, where the signaling is radio resource control RRC signaling or media access control MAC signaling Or physical layer signaling;
    所述UE根据所述信令确定所述第三CRS的天线端口和/或所述功率控制参数。Determining, by the UE, an antenna port of the third CRS and/or the power control parameter according to the signaling.
  17. 一种参考信号的传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting a reference signal, comprising:
    用户设备UE接收基站传输的资源块,其中,所述资源块用于承载所述基站与用户设备UE之间传输的信息,所述信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分,所述参考信号部分包括所述第一DM-RS,所述第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口;The user equipment UE receives the resource block transmitted by the base station, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the user equipment UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part, and the reference signal part includes The first DM-RS, the antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE-dedicated demodulation antenna port;
    所述UE根据所述第一DM-RS对所述资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。Decoding, by the UE, the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括,所述UE确定所述资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,其中,所述UE确定所述资源块的时域长度包括:The method according to claim 17, wherein the method further comprises: determining, by the UE, a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, wherein the UE determines the time of the resource block The domain length includes:
    所述UE确定所述资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,所述M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;Determining, by the UE, that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, where the M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
    和/或, and / or,
    所述基站确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,所述N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;The base station determines that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, and the N is an integer that is not less than 1 and not greater than 10.
    所述UE确定所述资源块的频域长度包括:Determining, by the UE, a frequency domain length of the resource block includes:
    所述UE确定所述资源块的频域长度为P个物理资源块PRB或资源块组RBG或资源单元RE或资源单元组REG,所述P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,所述Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。Determining, by the UE, that the frequency domain length of the resource block is P physical resource block PRB or resource block group RBG or resource unit RE or resource unit group REG, where P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, Q is the number of PRBs or RBGs or the number of REs or REGs corresponding to the system bandwidth.
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述参考信号部分还包括所述第一CRS,所述资源块上还承载第一CRS;The reference signal portion further includes the first CRS, and the resource block further carries a first CRS;
    所述UE根据所述第一DM-RS对所述资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调包括:Demodulating, by the UE, the data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS includes:
    所述UE根据所述第一DM-RS和第一CRS对所述资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。The UE demodulates a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS and the first CRS.
  20. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述参考信号部分还包括所述第一CRS和所述第二CRS,所述资源块上还承载第一CRS和第二CRS;The reference signal portion further includes the first CRS and the second CRS, and the resource block further carries a first CRS and a second CRS;
    所述UE根据所述第一DM-RS对所述资源块上承载的信息进行解调包括:Demodulating, by the UE, the information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS includes:
    所述UE根据所述第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS对所述资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。The UE demodulates a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS.
  21. 一种基站,其特征在于,包括:A base station, comprising:
    第一配置模块,用于为资源块配置第一公共参考信号CRS,所述第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,所述资源块用于承载所述基站与用户设备UE之间传输的信息,所述信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;a first configuration module, configured to configure a first common reference signal CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, where the resource block is used to carry the transmission between the base station and the user equipment UE Information including a data portion and a reference signal portion;
    所述第一配置模块还用于为所述资源块配置补充CRS,所述补充CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同;The first configuration module is further configured to configure a supplementary CRS for the resource block, where an antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from an antenna port of the first CRS;
    第一收发模块,用于传输所述资源块,所述资源块承载的所述信息的参考信号部分包括所述第一CRS和所述补充CRS。And a first transceiver module, configured to transmit the resource block, where the reference signal portion of the information carried by the resource block includes the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的基站,其特征在于,所述补充CRS包括第二CRS,所述补充CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口相同;The base station according to claim 21, wherein the supplementary CRS comprises a second CRS, and an antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as an antenna port of the first CRS;
    所述第一配置模块具体用于: The first configuration module is specifically configured to:
    在所述资源块内为至少一个所述第一CRS的天线端口配置第二CRS。A second CRS is configured in the resource block for at least one antenna port of the first CRS.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的基站,其特征在于,所述补充CRS还包括第三CRS,所述补充CRS的天线端口为第三CRS的天线端口,所述第三CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口不相同;The base station according to claim 22, wherein the supplementary CRS further includes a third CRS, an antenna port of the supplementary CRS is an antenna port of a third CRS, and an antenna port of the third CRS and the The antenna ports of a CRS are different;
    所述第一配置模块具体用于:The first configuration module is specifically configured to:
    确定所述资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度;Determining a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block;
    确定所述资源块的第三CRS的天线端口;Determining an antenna port of a third CRS of the resource block;
    在所述资源块内根据时域长度和/或频域长度为至少一个所述第三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS。A third CRS is configured in the resource block for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length.
  24. 根据权利要求21所述的基站,其特征在于,所述补充CRS包括第三CRS,所述补充CRS的天线端口为第三CRS的天线端口,所述第三CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口不相同;The base station according to claim 21, wherein the supplementary CRS comprises a third CRS, an antenna port of the supplementary CRS is an antenna port of a third CRS, and an antenna port of the third CRS and the first The antenna ports of the CRS are different;
    所述第一配置模块具体用于:The first configuration module is specifically configured to:
    确定所述资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度;Determining a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block;
    确定所述资源块的第三CRS的天线端口;Determining an antenna port of a third CRS of the resource block;
    在所述资源块内根据时域长度和/或频域长度为至少一个所述第三CRS的天线端口配置第三CRS。A third CRS is configured in the resource block for the antenna port of the at least one third CRS according to the time domain length and/or the frequency domain length.
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第一配置模块具体用于:The base station according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the first configuration module is specifically configured to:
    确定所述资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,所述M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;Determining that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and the M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
    和/或,and / or,
    确定所述资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,所述N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;Determining that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, where N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
    所述第一配置模块还具体用于:The first configuration module is further specifically configured to:
    确定所述资源块的频域长度为P个物理资源块PRB或资源块组RBG或资源单元RE或资源单元组REG,所述P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,所述Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。Determining the frequency domain length of the resource block is P physical resource block PRB or resource block group RBG or resource unit RE or resource unit group REG, where P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and the Q is a system The number of PRBs or RBGs or the number of REs or REGs corresponding to the bandwidth.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的基站,其特征在于,所述资源块的时域长度 为M个时域符号,所述第一配置模块具体用于:The base station according to claim 25, wherein a time domain length of said resource block For the M time domain symbols, the first configuration module is specifically configured to:
    当所述M为不小于1且不大于3的整数时,在所述资源块内的每个PRB里为所述至少一个所述第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置1个RE;When the M is an integer of not less than 1 and not more than 3, in each PRB in the resource block, an antenna port of each third CRS of the antenna ports of the at least one of the third CRSs Configure 1 RE;
    或,or,
    当所述M为不小于4且不大于7的整数时,在所述资源块内的每个PRB里为所述至少一个所述第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置2个RE;When the M is an integer of not less than 4 and not more than 7, an antenna port of each of the antenna ports of the at least one of the third CRSs in each PRB in the resource block Configure 2 REs;
    或,or,
    当所述M为不小于8且不大于14的整数时,在所述资源块内的每个PRB里为所述至少一个所述第三CRS的天线端口中的每个第三CRS的天线端口配置4个RE。When the M is an integer of not less than 8 and not more than 14, an antenna port of each third CRS of the antenna ports of the at least one of the third CRSs in each PRB in the resource block Configure 4 REs.
  27. 根据权利要求23至26中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一收发模块还用于:The method according to any one of claims 23 to 26, wherein the first transceiver module is further configured to:
    通过信令发送用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息和/或功率控制参数,所述信令为无线资源控制RRC信令或者媒体接入控制MAC信令或者物理层信令。Port information and/or power control parameters for determining an antenna port of the third CRS are transmitted by signaling, which is radio resource control RRC signaling or medium access control MAC signaling or physical layer signaling.
  28. 一种基站,其特征在于,包括:A base station, comprising:
    第二配置模块,用于确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,所述资源块用于承载所述基站与用户设备UE之间传输的信息,所述信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;a second configuration module, configured to determine a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the user equipment UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal section;
    所述第二配置模块还用于为所述资源块配置第一解调参考信号DM-RS,所述第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口;The second configuration module is further configured to configure a first demodulation reference signal DM-RS for the resource block, where an antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE-dedicated demodulation antenna port;
    第二收发模块,用于传输所述资源块,所述资源块承载的所述信息的参考信号部分包括第一DM-RS。And a second transceiver module, configured to transmit the resource block, where the reference signal portion of the information carried by the resource block includes a first DM-RS.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第二配置模块具体用于:The base station according to claim 28, wherein the second configuration module is specifically configured to:
    确定所述资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,所述M为不小于1且不大于14的整数; Determining that the time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, and the M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
    和/或,and / or,
    确定所述资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,所述N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;Determining that the time domain length of the resource block is N subframes, where N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
    所述第二配置模块还具体用于:The second configuration module is further specifically configured to:
    确定所述资源块的频域长度为P个物理资源块PRB或资源块组RBG或资源单元RE或资源单元组REG,所述P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,所述Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。Determining the frequency domain length of the resource block is P physical resource block PRB or resource block group RBG or resource unit RE or resource unit group REG, where P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and the Q is a system The number of PRBs or RBGs or the number of REs or REGs corresponding to the bandwidth.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的基站,其特征在于,所述配置模块具体用于:The base station according to claim 28 or 29, wherein the configuration module is specifically configured to:
    在所述资源块内的每个PRB内为至少一个所述第一DM-RS的天线端口中的每个第一DM-RS的天线端口配置Y个RE,其中,Y为第一DM-RS最多可支持的天线端口个数,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS使用不同的参考信号序列,不同天线端口的第一DM-RS占用相同的时频资源。Configuring, in each PRB within the resource block, Y REs for antenna ports of each of the first DM-RSs of the first DM-RS, where Y is the first DM-RS The maximum number of antenna ports that can be supported. The first DM-RS of different antenna ports uses different reference signal sequences. The first DM-RS of different antenna ports occupies the same time-frequency resource.
  31. 根据权利要求28至30中任一项所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第二配置模块还用于:The base station according to any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein the second configuration module is further configured to:
    为所述资源块配置第一公共参考信号CRS,所述第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口;Configuring a first common reference signal CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port;
    所述第二配置模块具体用于:The second configuration module is specifically configured to:
    传输所述资源块,所述资源块的参考信号部分包括所述第一DM-RS和所述第一CRS。Transmitting the resource block, the reference signal portion of the resource block including the first DM-RS and the first CRS.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第二配置模块还用于:The base station according to claim 31, wherein the second configuration module is further configured to:
    根据至少一个所述第一CRS的天线端口为所述资源块配置第二CRS;Configuring a second CRS for the resource block according to at least one antenna port of the first CRS;
    所述第二配置模块具体用于:The second configuration module is specifically configured to:
    传输所述资源块,所述资源块的参考信号部分包括所述第一DM-RS、所述第一CRS和所述第二CRS。Transmitting the resource block, the reference signal portion of the resource block including the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS.
  33. 一种用户设备,其特征在于,包括:A user equipment, comprising:
    第三收发模块,用于接收基站传输的承载有第一公共参考信号CRS和补充CRS的资源块,其中,所述资源块用于承载所述基站与用户设备UE之间 传输的信息,所述信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分,所述参考信号部分包括所述第一CRS和所述补充CRS,所述第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,所述补充CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同;a third transceiver module, configured to receive a resource block that is transmitted by the base station and that carries the first common reference signal CRS and the supplementary CRS, where the resource block is used to carry the base station and the user equipment UE Information transmitted, the information including a data portion and a reference signal portion, the reference signal portion including the first CRS and the supplementary CRS, an antenna port of the first CRS being a cell-specific antenna port, the supplementary CRS The antenna port is the same as or different from the antenna port of the first CRS;
    第一解调模块,用于根据所述第一CRS和所述补充CRS对所述资源块上承载的所述信息的数据部分进行解调。a first demodulation module, configured to demodulate a data portion of the information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的用户设备,其特征在于:所述补充CRS包括第二CRS和/或第三CRS,所述第二CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口相同,所述第三CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口不相同。The user equipment according to claim 33, wherein the supplementary CRS comprises a second CRS and/or a third CRS, and an antenna port of the second CRS is the same as an antenna port of the first CRS, The antenna port of the third CRS is different from the antenna port of the first CRS.
  35. 根据权利要求33或34所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述用户设备还包括:The user equipment according to claim 33 or claim 34, wherein the user equipment further comprises:
    第一确定模块,用于确定所述资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,所述M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;a first determining module, configured to determine that a time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, where M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
    和/或,and / or,
    用于确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,所述N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;The time domain length used to determine the resource block is N subframes, and the N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
    所述第一确定模块还用于:The first determining module is further configured to:
    确定所述资源块的频域长度为P个物理资源块PRB或资源块组RBG或资源单元RE或资源单元组REG,所述P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,所述Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。Determining the frequency domain length of the resource block is P physical resource block PRB or resource block group RBG or resource unit RE or resource unit group REG, where P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and the Q is a system The number of PRBs or RBGs or the number of REs or REGs corresponding to the bandwidth.
  36. 根据权利要求34或35所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述第三收发模块还用于:The user equipment according to claim 34 or 35, wherein the third transceiver module is further configured to:
    接收所述基站发送的用于确定第三CRS的天线端口的端口信息和/或功率控制参数的信令,所述信令为无线资源控制RRC信令或者媒体接入控制MAC信令或者物理层信令;Receiving, by the base station, signaling for determining port information and/or power control parameters of an antenna port of the third CRS, where the signaling is radio resource control RRC signaling or media access control MAC signaling or physical layer Signaling
    所述第一确定模块还用于:The first determining module is further configured to:
    根据所述信令确定所述第三CRS的天线端口和/或所述功率控制参数。Determining an antenna port and/or the power control parameter of the third CRS according to the signaling.
  37. 一种用户设备,其特征在于,包括:A user equipment, comprising:
    第四收发模块,用于接收基站传输的资源块,其中,所述资源块用于承载所述基站与用户设备UE之间传输的信息,所述信息包括数据部分和参考信号 部分,所述参考信号部分包括所述第一DM-RS,所述第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口;a fourth transceiver module, configured to receive a resource block transmitted by the base station, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the user equipment UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal The portion of the reference signal includes the first DM-RS, and the antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE-dedicated demodulation antenna port;
    第二解调模块,用于根据所述第一DM-RS对所述资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。And a second demodulation module, configured to perform demodulation on a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的基站,其特征在于,所述用户设备还包括:The base station according to claim 37, wherein the user equipment further comprises:
    第二确定模块,用于确定所述资源块的时域长度为M个时域符号,所述M为不小于1且不大于14的整数;a second determining module, configured to determine that a time domain length of the resource block is M time domain symbols, where the M is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 14;
    和/或,and / or,
    用于确定资源块的时域长度为N个子帧,所述N为不小于1且不大于10的整数;The time domain length used to determine the resource block is N subframes, and the N is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than 10;
    所述第二确定模块还用于:The second determining module is further configured to:
    确定所述资源块的频域长度为P个物理资源块PRB或资源块组RBG或资源单元RE或资源单元组REG,所述P为不小于1且不大于Q的整数,所述Q为系统带宽对应的PRB数或RBG数或RE数或REG数。Determining the frequency domain length of the resource block is P physical resource block PRB or resource block group RBG or resource unit RE or resource unit group REG, where P is an integer not less than 1 and not greater than Q, and the Q is a system The number of PRBs or RBGs or the number of REs or REGs corresponding to the bandwidth.
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述参考信号部分还包括所述第一CRS,所述资源块上还承载第一CRS;The user equipment according to claim 37 or claim 38, wherein the reference signal portion further includes the first CRS, and the resource block further carries a first CRS;
    所述第二解调模块具体用于:The second demodulation module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述第一DM-RS和第一CRS对所述资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。Demodulating a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS and the first CRS.
  40. 根据权利要求37或38所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述参考信号部分还包括所述第一CRS和所述第二CRS,所述资源块上还承载第一CRS和第二CRS;The user equipment according to claim 37 or claim 38, wherein the reference signal portion further includes the first CRS and the second CRS, and the resource block further carries a first CRS and a second CRS;
    所述第二解调模块具体用于:The second demodulation module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述第一DM-RS、第一CRS和第二CRS对所述资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。Demodulating a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS, the first CRS, and the second CRS.
  41. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述系统包括:A communication system, characterized in that the system comprises:
    基站,用于为资源块配置第一公共参考信号CRS,所述第一CRS的天线端口为小区专用天线端口,所述资源块用于承载所述基站与用户设备UE之间传输的信息,所述信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分; a base station, configured to configure a first common reference signal CRS for the resource block, where the antenna port of the first CRS is a cell-specific antenna port, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the user equipment UE, where The information includes a data portion and a reference signal portion;
    还用于为所述资源块配置补充CRS,所述补充CRS的天线端口与所述第一CRS的天线端口相同或不同;And configured to configure, for the resource block, a supplementary CRS, where an antenna port of the supplementary CRS is the same as or different from an antenna port of the first CRS;
    还用于传输所述资源块,所述资源块的信息的参考信号部分包括所述第一CRS和所述补充CRS;Also used to transmit the resource block, the reference signal portion of the information of the resource block includes the first CRS and the supplementary CRS;
    UE,用于接收所述基站传输的所述资源块;a UE, configured to receive the resource block that is transmitted by the base station;
    还用于根据所述第一CRS和所述补充CRS对所述资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。And is further configured to demodulate a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first CRS and the supplementary CRS.
  42. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述系统包括:A communication system, characterized in that the system comprises:
    基站,用于确定资源块的时域长度和/或频域长度,所述资源块用于承载所述基站与用户设备UE之间传输的信息,所述信息包括数据部分和参考信号部分;a base station, configured to determine a time domain length and/or a frequency domain length of the resource block, where the resource block is used to carry information transmitted between the base station and the user equipment UE, where the information includes a data part and a reference signal part;
    还用于为所述资源块配置第一解调参考信号DM-RS,所述第一DM-RS的天线端口为UE专用解调天线端口;And configured to configure a first demodulation reference signal DM-RS for the resource block, where an antenna port of the first DM-RS is a UE-dedicated demodulation antenna port;
    还用于传输所述资源块,所述资源块的信息的参考信号部分包括所述第一DM-RS;Also used to transmit the resource block, the reference signal portion of the information of the resource block includes the first DM-RS;
    UE,用于接收所述资源块;a UE, configured to receive the resource block;
    还用于根据所述第一DM-RS对所述资源块上承载的信息的数据部分进行解调。 And is further configured to demodulate a data portion of information carried on the resource block according to the first DM-RS.
PCT/CN2015/094007 2015-11-06 2015-11-06 Reference signal transmission method, user equipment, base station, and system WO2017075809A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/094007 WO2017075809A1 (en) 2015-11-06 2015-11-06 Reference signal transmission method, user equipment, base station, and system
CN201580082795.8A CN107925534A (en) 2015-11-06 2015-11-06 A kind of transmission method of reference signal, user equipment, base station and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/094007 WO2017075809A1 (en) 2015-11-06 2015-11-06 Reference signal transmission method, user equipment, base station, and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017075809A1 true WO2017075809A1 (en) 2017-05-11

Family

ID=58661450

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/094007 WO2017075809A1 (en) 2015-11-06 2015-11-06 Reference signal transmission method, user equipment, base station, and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN107925534A (en)
WO (1) WO2017075809A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113038416A (en) * 2019-12-25 2021-06-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 Channel measurement reference signal transmission method and terminal
CN113225170A (en) * 2017-09-30 2021-08-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Wireless communication method and device

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI690233B (en) * 2018-04-27 2020-04-01 南韓商Lg電子股份有限公司 Method for transmitting and receiving reference signal and apparatus therefor
CN111245557A (en) * 2018-11-28 2020-06-05 中国移动通信集团浙江有限公司 Method, device and equipment for improving downlink efficiency of LTE network

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101931896A (en) * 2009-06-22 2010-12-29 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, system and equipment for sending data
CN102124691A (en) * 2008-08-08 2011-07-13 摩托罗拉移动公司 Mapping and signaling of common reference symbols for multiple antennas
CN103427934A (en) * 2012-05-16 2013-12-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Common reference signal (CRS) information processing method and device
US20130343300A1 (en) * 2012-06-21 2013-12-26 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2395721A4 (en) * 2009-02-08 2017-03-01 LG Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting reference signal for terminal demodulation in radio mobile communication system, and apparatus for implementing the same
WO2011040797A2 (en) * 2009-10-02 2011-04-07 엘지전자 주식회사 Transmission method and device for a downlink reference signal
US9219994B2 (en) * 2011-11-09 2015-12-22 Lg Electronics Inc. Methods for transmitting and receiving downlink data in MBSFN subframe and apparatuses thereof
US10158472B2 (en) * 2012-02-28 2018-12-18 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting channel state information report and user equipment, and method for receiving channel state information report and base station
KR101666767B1 (en) * 2012-09-28 2016-10-14 텔레폰악티에볼라겟엘엠에릭슨(펍) Methods reducing antenna port interference for epdcch and related systems, devices, and networks
WO2014047915A1 (en) * 2012-09-29 2014-04-03 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for sending and receiving reference signal
US20140153471A1 (en) * 2012-11-30 2014-06-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Allowing unicast subframe structure for embms
WO2015042954A1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-02 华为技术有限公司 Method for inter-station synchronization and base station

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102124691A (en) * 2008-08-08 2011-07-13 摩托罗拉移动公司 Mapping and signaling of common reference symbols for multiple antennas
CN101931896A (en) * 2009-06-22 2010-12-29 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, system and equipment for sending data
CN103427934A (en) * 2012-05-16 2013-12-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Common reference signal (CRS) information processing method and device
US20130343300A1 (en) * 2012-06-21 2013-12-26 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113225170A (en) * 2017-09-30 2021-08-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Wireless communication method and device
CN113038416A (en) * 2019-12-25 2021-06-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 Channel measurement reference signal transmission method and terminal
CN113038416B (en) * 2019-12-25 2023-03-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 Channel measurement reference signal transmission method and terminal

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN107925534A (en) 2018-04-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN115333710B (en) Method and apparatus for downlink control information design for network coordination
JP7163277B2 (en) Method and apparatus for uplink transmission in wireless communication system
CN110268786B (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control and data information in a wireless cellular communication system
JP6085351B2 (en) Method and user equipment for determining control channel resources
JP6503563B2 (en) Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus and communication method
US9077569B2 (en) Reference signal for a control channel in wireless communication network
CN105723640B (en) Method and arrangement for configuring CSI measurements
US11658787B2 (en) Method and apparatus for downlink control physical structure in reduced latency operation
CN110166209A (en) Downlink control information transmission method
WO2017134954A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communications method
JP2020507271A (en) Method and apparatus for receiving or transmitting a downlink signal in a wireless communication system
JP6848056B2 (en) A method and a device for supporting a plurality of transmission time intervals, a plurality of subcarrier intervals, or a plurality of processing times in a wireless communication system.
WO2018000929A1 (en) Sub-frame configuration method and relevant devices
US20120188955A1 (en) Methods and systems for transmitting sfbc signals with csi-rs transmission and related muting in lte-advance systems
JP7032418B2 (en) Data transmission method and equipment
CN103828282A (en) Method and apparatus for allocating resources for an enhanced physical hybrid automatic repeat request indicator channel
KR20140036009A (en) Mapping an enhanced physical downlink control channel
KR20140142727A (en) Method and device for transmitting signal on special sub-frame in tdd system
JP2022122973A (en) System message transmission method and device
KR20190005988A (en) Configuration of downlink transmissions
CN107196742B (en) Integrated circuit with a plurality of transistors
JP6668482B2 (en) Downlink transmission method, base station and terminal
JPWO2017130500A1 (en) Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus and communication method
CN115699659A (en) Single CORESET based PDCCH diversity over multiple TRPs
WO2017075809A1 (en) Reference signal transmission method, user equipment, base station, and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15907651

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15907651

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1